Learn Essential Video Editing with Adobe Premiere Pro and Adobe After Effect

1. Introduction: Hello everyone, Welcome to our class of Essential Video Editing. We're learning how to do edit video with Adobe Premier Pro and Adobe After effect. If you're planning to learn from the beginning, then you are in the right place. Because we will cover in this class from the Basic two Advanced. This is a beginner level class. If you have no previous experience, then you can join in this class. Let's take a look what you will learn from this class. Adobe Premier Pro Introduction to Adobe Premier Pro. Usage of basic tools, all ribbons workspace commands, simple video manipulation and edits, video and audio effects, customizing elements, usage of different format of graphics. Adobe after effect, introduction to Adobe after effect usage of basic tools, all bon workspace commands, simple animation, three D elements, customizing elements, and usage of different format of graphics. After completing this class, you will be able to use Adobe Premier Pro and after effect, easily learn to use the tools. Find the best tools or commands when you need it. Apply the best practices for designing. This is a project based class. During learning, you will have class projects. So what you have learned, you will be able to participate in class project. You can practice while you are learning. You will have supporting resources in this class, so it will be easier for you to learn during learning. If you face any issue or if you have any question, then feel free to ask me. I'm always there to help you. Let's start learning video editing together. 2. Introduction to workspace of Adobe Premiere Pro: Welcome to our first lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro essential. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the introduction to the work space of Adobe Premiere Pro and how it basically works and how you're going to set it up. Before getting into the whole lesson without any further ado, let's just move on to our lesson by opening up Adobe Premiere Pro on our device. From my screen, you can see that I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro. Now one thing is that, make sure to use the newest version of Adobe Premiere Pro. It's because that the newest versions of Adobe Premiere Pro, or the newest updates which you're going to use, are going to contain a lot of bug fixes. And the newest tools, if they are added into Adobe Premiere Pro, and to get the newest facilities and also to increase your functionality. Make sure to keep updated on Adobe Premier Pro. And make sure to keep yourself signed in and try to keep the subscription on going. So that you get all of the resources and access to all of the tools and Adobe Premiere Pro. Now you can see that I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro on my device, and this is how the interface looks like. Well, basically, this is not the interface of where we're going to work, or let's say this is not the work space. This is called the home panel or the home screen. When you open up Adobe Premiere Pro, you will or you will see this type of interface. Now what you're going to do from over here is that you can see a couple of the tools which are over here. I'm going to cut this off there. We have new project, we have Open Project Home, Learn New Team Project, Open Team Project, and Open Premier Pro, or let's say Premier Rush Project. Now I'm going to describe all of them to you now when you click on new project, and if you want to open up a new project so that you can start working, click on it and you will be able to start it from scratch when I click on New project. This type of interface opens up from where you'll be able to use whichever data or whichever video you have on your device. This is going to be its workspace. So after selecting it, it will take you to the whole workspace. So let me just go back and then show you how you'll be able to open up a project. Now if you've used Adobe Premiere Pro, or if you have a Premiere Pro file on your device and you want to open it up and start working from there. It could be a pre made or a pre edited video or animation or whatever it is. And if you want to open it up and work from where you left it from or left left it from whoever did it, then you're going to click on Open Project. After you click on Open Project, this type of interface opens up and you'll be able to select whichever drive and whichever file you want to select from whichever folder it is on your device. We are done with Open project two, then we have this home panel. You can see this is how the home panel works. You can also create a new project by clicking on this button called Create New Project. It's also doable. Then we have is New Team Project. Now the newest facility of our newest functionality of working on Adobe Software is that you can work simultaneously with a couple of people at the same time. Okay, so when you want to open up a new team project so that you can share it or share the project or share your work with someone else. And that person who will also be able to, you know, let's say that person will also be able to work on your project, okay, So if you want to do that or work simultaneously so that you can work faster and add in more edits, add in more updates by new people, then you'll be able to create it too. So click on New Team Project, and this type of interface opens up. And when this type of interface opens up, first thing if you want to add anyone, make sure to click on Edit. And then this type of interface opens up. And then put in their Adobe account name or their e mail and you'll be able to add them, okay? So they will receive an e mail or notification. When they accept the invitation, they will be able to work on the same project or the same work as you are simultaneously at the same time. So it just basically saves up a lot of time and also increases the functionality of working on a specific project. Then we have this open team project. Just the way we open up any pre built project or someone who worked on it and given it to you. If you want to open up a team project, like some team is working on it and you just got a leader or you and your friends or you where you work, they want to share a team project with you. Then you're going to click on Open Team Project. And then you're going to select the file, or you know, take in that invitation and you'll be able to work on their project too. Okay, Then we have this open Premiere Rush Project. Now, what is Premiere Rush Project? Well, basically, Premier Rush Project, it is basically an all in one video creation tool that you can or can be used to capture, edit, and share professional look and videos quickly. Using Premiere Rush, BU educators and students can overlay images and videos with text and audio to create project representation demonstration and more. And the interface of how it looks like is going to be something like this. And as I do not have any projects saved or any projects shared, it will not appear up because we are going to be starting off from scratch. So this is basically how you'll be able to use like Premiere Rush or let's say Premiere Rush project. Okay, so the first thing we're going to do is going to be clicking on New Project. Now as we're going to start off from scratch, now I have a couple of videos which I'm going to be using, and these are basically trial videos, which you will always get when you download Adobe Premiere Pro. Let's just open any one of them, okay? What I'm going to do is use this, but there are also a couple of things over here, right? So you can see that we have a ribbon, which you can see a couple of ribbons. Then we have edit and export, which are going to be usable when you select a video. This is basically the file panel, where you will be able to select whichever file you want to work on. Now on here you have this favorites, where you will be able to keep your favorite files or keep your favorite project whenever you want to, and it will be very easy for you to find it whenever you want to. Okay. Then we have a these ones, well, these are locals. So you can see as these are locals, what does it mean? So these are basically your device folders. Let's say home desktop, document, downloads, movies, music, picture, sample media. So these are basically your devices folders where you'll be able to import your video from. Then we also have your Drive and also your cloud drive where you'll be able to import photos from. Okay, and then there are a couple of views which you can select from so that it just helps you to find them. Okay, And then what we have over here are different ones, okay, That we have is copy media, new bin. Then we have is new sequence where you'll be able to name your sequence or your project. That is also doable. Then we have this automatic transcription which you'll be able to use when you turn it on. You'll be able to see language. Then you can enable language auto detection and also speaker labeling. You can also select whichever speakers you want and you will be able to fix it up. And the last one which you have is called the transcription preference. You'll also be able to select any one of those, okay? You can select auto transcribe, I'll import DIPs, okay? So select the one or keep the default one because it will also give you a very good result. Okay, so from here what I'm going to be doing is going to be clicking on this first one. And then it's going to take a bit of time to, you know, edit up or open it up. Then what you're going to do is click on Create. Okay. So after it has rendered up, click on Creates and it will open up. First off, it will cross the video, and after it's done, it will show you the video in its own workspace. Now you can see that it has been done okay, and you can see it has loaded it up. So there are a couple of, you know, sections which I'm also going to be showing you are also going to be telling you. So when you open up Adobe Premiere Pro, the first thing you're going to do is fix up your workspace. Now go off to Windows, go off to Work Spaces, and then click on all panels. Sometimes it is set up to assembly, or audio, or color, or editing. Okay? But make sure to keep it on all panel so that you will be able to access all of the panels of Adobe Premiere Pro. Okay? So that you can just find out all the tools by yourself. So as we're going to go through each and every ribbons in Adobe Premier, Pro, and all of the tools, and show you how these actually work. So we're going to go step by step. So this is basically called the Project Panel. So you'll be able to open up the sources, you'll be able to apply effects and all of it. And you can also see that we also have our properties panel at the same time. You can see this is basically the properties, and this is the main project panel where you'll be able to select your file from and also get a preview of it, okay? And we also have media browser, so you'll be able to get into your drive and any of your folder in your device. And the last one, we have libraries. And this is not your PC library. This library is going to be Adobe's own library, where you'll be able to see what you've added in extensions, what are the sources of your resource or let's say your footages, videos? Whatever you edit, it's going to appear right over here. Okay. Now, this one which you see over here is called the time line panel. In this timeline panel, all of your videos, you'll be able to see it all the time stamps and everything, okay? And this small panel you see over here is called the tool panel. So these are the basic tools which you'll be able to use to basically, you know, cut, copy, paste, and also trim up videos, you know, edit all of it, okay? And then this one which you can see is called the audio panel. So you'll be able to see on which side of the speaker or on which side it is playing up. When you see that left is playing, that means you'll hear it on your headphone or your speaker on the left side. If it is playing on the right, it means it is playing on the right side. And obviously, if you want a balanced video or a balanced footage, you have to keep it balanced. Okay? If it is playing from the right side, it should be on the right side. If it's playing on the left side, it should play on the left side. So this is very essential so that you also get a very good type of audio also with your videos at the same time. This is called the Properties Panel, and this is the time code. Now you can see the time code also plays a very essential role while editing your videos. You'll be able to keep track of time by keeping it turned on, okay. And when you see that, this is the properties panel, which is also right over here. From here, you'll be able to get access to multiple panels, which you'll be able to see quite at the end of the course when I'm going to be going through Windows Ribbon. So these are basically the work spaces of Adobe Premiere Pro. Okay, and you can see that for this lesson or for this course, I'm going to be using Adobe Premiere Pro 2024 because that is the newest version of Adobe Premiere Pro. There is, so that I get access to almost all of the new tools, a lot of buck fixes and basically everything okay. And make sure to keep connected to the Internet, so you also get those extra functionality which you know require Internet connection. And also to your subscription. Make sure you are connected to that. Now as you've known all about, let's say Adobe Premiere Pro. Now the one in this middle is called the Sequence panel, or the composition panel. You'll be able to basically play it up, rewind it, go fast forward, take a snap, and also see the preview of your video from this panel. This is one of the most important one, because obviously when you're editing, but you cannot see how you edit it, obviously that's going to be very complex for you. This is the work space of Adobe Premiere Pro. And hope you understood everything about this lesson. If you feel like you, there are a couple of parts you felt confused about. You can see that we have import edit. This is the edits or the main workspace. And the last one is exporting workspace, where you'll be able to use the tools for exporting it up. And I will have an extra lesson for this export panel. But this is basically the main workspace of Adobe Premiere Pro. So I hope to see you in my next lesson, and thank you for watching this video up til the end. Let's move on to our next lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro Essential. 3. File and functions: Welcome to our next lesson, or our first lesson, of Adobe Premiere Pro. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the File Ribbon and whatever tool and whatever commands are in the filed ribbon. Without any further ado, let's open up Adobe Premiere Pro and see what what tools do File Ribbon has to offer to us. As you can see that I have opened up Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to open up a new project. And you can see the same interface opens up. The first thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on any one of these files. And I'm going to press on Create. And I'm going to do is click on Replace. Because I already had one file opened up or one footage opened up. Now as this new interface opens up where I can edit all of my videos. So the first thing I'm going to do is go off to my file ribbon. Now on the file verbon, there are a couple of these tools and we're going to do is cover up each and every one of them. The first one which we see are the first tool or the command which we see is called a new. Now what does the new tool offer us? If you want to open up a new team, project sequence or even a production, you will be able to open them up from your workspace to. Now. If you want to open up a new project from scratch, then click on Project. Click on Project. You will see that you have been taken back to import. Okay, so we can go off to edit again. From import, you can open up a new file and start from scratch. You'll be able to select it and use it just the way you want to. Now, the next one from new, which we see over here, is called Production. If you want to click on Production, you will see that this type of interface opens up. Now you can name your production and see where it is safe. And also you have this note project looking in collaboration preference will also be enabled. You will be able to share it and also work with a couple of people. I'm going to press on cancel and go off to my file again, and I'm going to open up new. Now there is Team Project. If you want to open up Team Project from your workspace, click on Project or Team Project. Now we have is the sequence. When you click on sequence, this type of interface opens up. From here, you'll be able to select broadcast D. Ten ADP Social USD, which is four K HDR, which is high definition resolution. And also USD four K without HDR. Then custom, which is Instagram real preset. You can see these are basically presets from which you'll be able to select. So these are basically the sequence presets. Okay, So if you want to open up any sequence preset from which type of preset you want to apply. What type of, you know, FPS, it's going to be the time base, the editing mode generals, then also the resolution. And also what type of audio will you be able to use? And also the color space and also the audio settings. Which bitrate or what sample it's going to be. You'll be able to select it from over here. After you're done, make sure to select any one of those and press on. Okay? And another thing is that you will be able to change the name of the preset or change the name of the sequence when you enable any one of them. Now one thing is that you will be able to delete and also make your own type of preset however you want. But I would suggest you to use these presets. Well, these are very much likely and very convenient. Now after you select any one of them, let's examine how do you select this. Now after I select this, you can see these type of interfaces or these type of panels open up. First thing is settings. Even though these are presets, you can make a couple of changes on them, such as the name, the time base, the frame size, resolution, field, audio, color, and also the video previews. Now from here, you'll be able to change the frame size. Now you can see that this is on ten ADP. Now if you want two K or four K, make sure to change them. Then we also have the pick cell aspect ratio, which is 1.0 You'll be able to change it to widescreen or anamorphic HD, DVC, whichever one you want. Now there's also a field, now what type of field you want to work on, you can also select it. Then we have is the display format. So you can see that this is currently on 29.97 but you'll be able to change it to 60, 91, 20, or whichever FPS you want. Okay. Then we have is this color option. What color space do you want? Now you can see this is being used or this is being processed. On record, seven oh nine. So if you've used Adobe software previously, you already know that there are a couple of work spaces which you can toggle from in Adobe Lightroom, Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator. There are some color spaces not named as SRGB, c, and Y, K, RGB. Just like that in color modes of Adobe Premiere Pro, this is going to be the RGB. Ok. Then we have CMYK, which is called H LG, and there we also have PQ. So you can toggle through and fiddle with each and every one of these settings and see which one is more comfortable with you or convenient for you. So I'm going to keep it on default. And obviously, I can tell you that even if you're using the default, which is record 709, and it will give you a very good result. Okay? And most of the professional workers are professional people who use Adobe Premiere Pro. They also use 79, and it gives them a very good quality of result. Okay, then we have this audio. What type of herz do you want? And make one thing Sure. Is that the higher the herds, the better the sound is. But one thing is that it's not going to support on all output devices. Okay. Such as if you have a specific speaker or if you have a specific, you know, let's say headset. But that headset or speaker does not support, you know, 88,200 or doesn't support 96,000 Okay, So then you have to keep it in a mid range so that it gives up the best quality for all type of output devices there is. Okay. Then you have the display format. What type of audio sample do you want? Do you want it in audio samples or do you want it milliseconds? So, select that up for you to find out which one is more convenient for you. And then you argued to go, the difference between audio samples and milliseconds is that if you use milliseconds, it's going to depend on the time. Okay? And going to find out what type of Hertz it's giving off per second. And the Hertz. Okay. So the sample rate is going to depend on it a lot. Okay. So I would suggest you to use audio samples because it will give off the best email audios for all type of output. And also all type of videos which you are editing in Adobe Premiere Pro. Then we have is video previews. Now what type of file preview format do you want? Quick time or there are also a couple of them which you will be able to select from. Now I would suggest you to just use quick time, because if you go through the other ones, you might find a bit confusing. Or when you want to play it up or when you're working on Adobe Premiere Pro, you might see that you will face a couple of complexities. So I would suggest you to use quick time. And then we also have Codec. What type of coding system do you want or how do you want the process? Make sure select on Apple pro Z 422 LT, which is also very good, but you can also use Apple Prores 422 HQ. That is also high quality so you'll be able to use those two and if you want to go off the cyiform or if you want full cinematic or cinematic type of videos, then I'll suggest you to use Go Pro and it will give you a very action based settings or action based videography. All of those. Okay, so select the codec, and if you are importing or exporting any of your devices for specific reasons, then I would suggest you to go through them, toggle through the one which you want. And then you can also fix the width. And the height from over here too. One thing over here is that both of them are linked. So if you increase it or decrease it, then you will see that the height and both of them are changing at the same time from whichever one you are changing. And another thing is that you'll be able to reset it up too if you want to. Then we have a couple of options which is composite in linear color, requires GPU acceleration or Max Render quality. Okay, so if you have a mid end or low end device, then I would suggest you do not use it. But if you have a high end device and if you also want a smooth experience in Adobe Premier Pro, then make sure to not click on it, because it will take up a lot of process on your GPU and put a pressure on it and it will stutter a lot, okay? So you have to keep that thing in mind. But one thing is that there is this maximum bit depth. You can turn it on because it will give you the best result. But even though if it's not totally smooth or running smooth on your device, if it's not doing that, then be selected again and then work just the way you want. So I'm going to do is click on maximum bit depth and maximum render quality so that I get the best result of the video which I'm editing. And you can also save the preset if you want to, and you can also save the sequence just the way you want to. And there is this track option where you will be able to fix out your videos now how many tracks you can work on at the same time. So you can see that this is based on how many tracks you want to work on. So it will be on default, which is three, so you can just get very smooth type of video flow and the preview and the track, okay? And then on the audio we have, what type of audio do you want? There's mono stereo 5.1 multi channel, 7.1 0.1 or 7.1 So on Adobe Premiere Pro, it will give you stereo 5.1 multi channel. And no, if you want a surround sound effect, then select or keep it on stereo because it's going to detect where the sound is coming from. Is it from the left, is it from the right? If you want that surround sound fuel, keep it on stereo. But if you have a higher audio card on your device, then you will see that 7.1 or 7.1 0.1 will appear up and select that. You just get an immersive type of sound or audio for each and every one of your tracks. The last one we have is R video. Now if you want to make a VR video, which is virtual reality, fix in the project, what type of project you want. You can see and you'll be able to fix out the degrees of what type of video you want, which is 360. And you'll be able to fix out what type of layout you want. And also you will be able to fix the vertical or horizontal degrees. Basically, we're done over here on the new sequence. I'm going to just press on cancel and not apply any one of them. Let's go off the file again and go off to New. Now the next one is called Project Shortcut. So if you want to start off any project from any shortcut, just make sure to save one. Just click on Project Shortcut, Name it up so you'll be able to open up later on too whenever you want to work on it. Okay, then we have this bars and tone. Black video, color, Matt, Universal, Continuing Leader, Transparent video. And each and every one, let's see what the bars and tones does for you. Well, all of them are basically the same. You can see we have presets with the FPS, pixelastic ratio, color space, audio sampling, and all of those. You'll be able to select them up from these tools too. And then we have a black video. When you click on black video, most of them are going to be based on audios and based on videos. What type of video you want to get and what are the effects which are going to be applied. Then if you want to use Mat colored formats or Mat colored video, click on Color Mat and you'll be able to select which color mat do you want to use. Okay? And that mat color will be applied directly to your video, which you are working on. And then we have is Universal counting Leader. You can see that this is basically how it works, right when you've seen that in a couple of videos or movies, this type of option or this type of preview or this type of footage appears up, so you'll be able to apply that to and select whichever color you want to apply and how you want it to appear. And the last one we have, it's called transparent video. If you want a transparent video, you will be able to select that and that will be totally transparent. And you'll be able to add up layers if you want to. Then we have this open project, which is basically the same one which we saw in our first lesson on our work space. Then we have this open production. You want to open up any production select on it. You will be able to open up a team project and also open up the recent projects which you worked on. Okay, so basically these are open up to things which I've shown you on new, then we have a close project. If you want to close any specific project, you'll be able to close it up directly from your file ribbon. Then we have is close all projects. If you have multiple projects opened up on your workspace or Adobe Premiere Pro, you'll be able to close all of them up at the same time. Okay? So it just, you know, saves up a lot of time. If you want to close off all of them at the same time, then we have a save. So it will be just basically saved on your workspace, but not on your PC. But if you want to save it up on your PC or any of your device, just click on Save As, and this type of interface opens up and you'll be able to save it up as whichever type of format you want and you'll be able to save it on any drive or any file on your device. Okay. Then we have a save a copy. Now if you don't want to, you know, let's say you want to edit it later on. You don't want to save it as a video or as a file so that you won't be able to edit it later on. Okay, so if you want to save a copy but keep the default one untouched, then click on Save a Copy. And it will be saving a copy of the edit which you did, okay, if you find it no good later on, so you'll be able to make changes. Or if you did a mistake or if you want to update later on, then I would suggest you to save it as a copy instead of saving as on your device. Okay. Then you can also save a specific video or footage as a template to, so it just basically increases the functionality. Okay, Then we have a save all. Now, how many footages there is on your work space. Now if you want to save all of the projects and all of the footages in your work space, then click on Save All, and it will save all of it on your work space and also on your device. If you want to, then we have is revert. So what happens when you click on Revert is that it just basically takes you off to, you know, let's say the default mode you can see even if I make changes on any one of them. Let's say I'm going to do is just for an example I'm going to do is slice it up. Let's say I've sliced it up. And then I'm going to do is click on it. Click on it. And then I'm going to hit on Delete. I'm going to do is click on Delete. And then I'm going to do is go off the file and I'm going to click on Revert. Now when I press on Yes, you'll basically see that all of the changes which I've seen, all of the edits which I've done will be redone or let's say will be undone. It will just get back to its default form, even if you add edits, it will just get back to however it was from the beginning. So that is basically how this Revert tool works in Adobe Premiere Pro. Okay. Now as we're done with revert, then we have a sync settings. Now. Sync settings now use settings on a different account and manage sync settings. Now if you want to sync up all of your work with your cloud account or which is Adobe Cloud, Creative Cloud, okay, If you want to save it up over there, you have to connect your cloud account and you'll be able to save it on Adobe Creative Cloud. Okay. Then we have is make offline if you want to work or save anything offline. So you can just apply basic things without having Internet connection and you want to apply effects, but when you are back on the Internet, then you want those changes. So you can also make it offline so that you'll be able to work offline too. Okay, so this is also a very good functionality of Adobe Premiere Pro. Then we have is Adobe dynamic Link. Now if you want to make a dynamic link as a composition and import it or make a new one, we'll be able to do that too. And you can also share that dynamic link with anyone and work simultaneously and share your work at the same time. Now if you want to import any file from your device and put it up on Adobe Premiere Pro, you'll be able to do that. Just click on Import. And at interface like this will appear up, select up the file, press on Open, and then you're good to go to work on Adobe Premiere Pro. And you can also see import recent file. Whatever file you have worked on Adobe Premiere Pro, just go off the import recent file and you'll be able to find out the one which you used recently. Then if you want to export up any of your data, any of your file, any of your footage, then you'll be able to export it in different type of formats. There's media graphic template, caption, EDLOMF markers, AF Avid log Exchange, Final cut, Pro XML, All of it, okay? Whatever you need basically to make a professional or get a professional result, you'll be able to save it up just the way you want to. It's up to you. Then we have is get properties work. Now if you want to get a property or let's say the source or you want to know all about the info about any specific file or any specific format of file and a video, you'll be able to get all those properties directly from. Get properties for now. You can see that I have one video opened up. Now I want to get the properties for this file, okay? And you can see that this file is over here on the documents. This is basically how it works on Adobe Premiere Pro. And then we have is Project Settings. There's general color, scratch disk and also just settings. Now what do we have? On our general? In our general, we have video rendering playback. What type of renderer you want to use. So you can see that there is open GL and also software only. So if you want a better or a smooth type of rendering and play back, make sure to click on Open GL. And sometimes on some devices it may be named as Vulcan, because it depends on the CPU which your device has. Okay. A couple of CPUs are more optimized on open GL. A couple of CPUs are optimized on Vulcan. So make sure to select this one, Open GL or Vulcan, whichever it is. But if you click on Mercury playback engine software, only then the software is going to put a lot of pressure on your GPU. And you might base a couple of stutters if you are working on a mid range or a low range device, okay, Or low end device. Then we have this video format. What type of format you want? Time code is basically FPS and frames is also FPS. But the other ones which are feet and frames, which is going to be depending on the camera which is being used. Okay, So keep it on time code and you'll be able to fix out the FPS whenever you want, but if you select the other ones, you might not be able to because you know the frames work a bit different on other types of settings. Then we have is display format, which is basically the same. Then we have is time safe area. Also the vertical action safe area. You'll be able to fix out the horizontal and also vertical axis. Okay. Then we have color on the color. You'll be able to fix out the color settings. What type of graphic it do you want? What type of tre D LUT you want and what type of viewer gamma you want? Fix out those but make sure to keep them on Default will also give you a very good type of result on the scratch disk we have wherever you want to save it as, whichever file it's going to be saved as, and what type of file is going to be saved as, on what type of folder you'll be able to select that. And you can also change different files for different types of files or data. So let's say you have the captured video on this file. You can save the captured audio on another file, you can save the video preview on another file and so on. It's going to depend up to you where you want to save it. And on our Just settings, first off, you have to click on Just press on, okay. Now if it appears that Adobe Media is not installed, then you have to install it up. Well, this is basically just audio preset or just settings where you'll be able to copy it up and fix out what type of presets you want. You can also fiddle through them if you want to, or if you don't want to use them, just press on cancel and then you're good to go. But whatever changes you made, if you want to apply them, just press on. Okay, and then you are good to go. Now the next one which you have is called the Project Manager. Now if you want to fix out your project, you want to fix out your sequence, you'll be able to do that from over here. You can fix out your destination path. You can fix out your disk space where you will save it. You can change it up to, you can collect the files and copy to a new location. You have this couple of options which you will be able to select it from. You can also see and fiddle through them and you can fix out which sequence you want to change or which sequence you want to make edits on. After you're done this, press on. Okay, and then you're good to go. Okay. Now, the last one which you have is called Exit. If you want to exit up Adobe Premiere Pro, you can select it from over here. And it will be closed up from your workspace or from your device screen. Okay, so you can see that we have covered up almost all, let's say, total of all of these tools which are available in Adobe Premiere Pro, and the rest of the ones which you can see are basically all quite the same. And you can see these are how it works, just like it says. Okay, so I hope you understood everything about this lesson. And if you have any question or if you have any confusion about anything, then feel free to ask me any question. And I will guide you and help you through the whole process. And another thing is that you can see on almost all of these commands, there are a couple of shortcut keys which will basically save a lot of time when you are working on Adobe Premier Pro for a long time. Or, you know, just saves up a lot of time and makes you more fluent or, you know, fix out or make the work a lot more efficient. Let's move on to our next lesson where we are going to learn about this Edit Ribbon of Adobe Premiere Pro. Hope to see you guys in my next lesson. 4. Edit ribbons: Welcome to our second lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the Edit Ribbon and what tools does it have to offer without any further ado. Let's just hop on to the lesson by opening up Adobe Premiere Pro on our device. From my screen, you can see that I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro 2024. Now the first thing I'm going to do is click on New Project. And you can see this is how it will look like I have attached in a resource file with this course or with this lesson. You can also use it if you want to. The first thing I'm going to do is going to be importing one of the video which I have in my resource file of this lesson. First thing I'm going to do is click on Dektop. Then I have Premier Pro. I'm going to use the resource folder, Resource. There we go, we have it. I'm going to click on this video. I'm going to click on Creates. And then you can see this project is already existing. Okay? I'm going to do is just click replace it, okay? After it will be replaced, you can see that this video will be the one which we are going to be editing for this lesson. This is the sequence and this is the main file. This is the sequence, okay? This is like composition, okay? But this is basically just a sequence of the footage. So the first thing I'm going to do is go off to my edit ribbon. Now the first thing or the first option or the tool which appears up is called undo. Now what does this tool do? Well, you've already heard on undo and redo. If you undo the process, it will just revert back to how it was just a while ago or whatever command you put on. If you press on redo, it will redo the work. Let me just show to you, and you can see almost in all of these tools, there are chart keys assigned for undo this control Z. And you can see that the sequence has been removed. If I redo the process, just click on this redo, which is control shift and Z. I can also hit it on my keyboard, control shift and Z. You can see it is done, or let's say redone by percent, control Z. You can see it is undone and control shift z, so that I can redo the process. You can also see the time of the specific sequence of how long it does go on. Okay, now I'm going to do is go off to Edits. And then we have is cut, copy, paste, paste, insert, paste, Attributes, Remove attributes, Clear and ripple the lease. So first I'm going to click on this sequence, click on Edits, and then we have is cut, copy, paste. So make sure that if you want to cut copy, paste anything, you cannot do it with the default file or the resource file. You have to do it with the sequence, okay? Which is like composition. If you've used Adobe after Effects, you can see it is called Composition, but in here it is called sequences because these are basically footage. Okay. In Adobe After Effect, it works with animation. And how you can make intros, couple of the footages make up into a footage, although it's a couple of it turns into a composition. So if you want to do a composition here, you will also be able to add in multiple videos or footages together so that you can get your end result of the video. Okay? So you can see that I have sequence here, now I want to copy it. This click on Edits, you can see Cut Copy, And there's also a shortcut. If I cut it up, it will be cut up directly from over here. I can paste it by using control and V on my keyboard, or I can go off to edits and I can paste it up. Over here, Paste. You can see it has been pasted, but I want to use or use my shortcut control V, and you can see it has been pasted. Now if I want to copy this, if I want to cut this up again, I'm going to press on Control and X and that has been cut up, okay? And if I press uncontrol and C, it will copy it. And if I press uncontrol V again, it will copy or paste up the same video. So you can see how this basically works. I'm going to press on delete. Delete one of the sequence because I am not going to need the extra one. Okay, I'm going to go off to Edit again. And then we have is Paste Insert. I'm going to click on this again. Click on Edits. I'm, you can remove it. You can see that this is cleared. I'm going to hit on back space or hit on Enter. It will be cleared up. But what if I want to copy this file, go off to edits or less? I'm going to do cut this file, edits, and then we have Paste, Insert. Now there are a couple of differences of Insert and Paste, Insert and Paste Attributes, but these are basically grayed out right now. So first thing is that if you want to do any of that, you need to have a couple of edit on your video or a couple of edit on your sequences. When you apply any of those sequences or any of those videos, in any part of it, it turns into a modified file or let's say edited file. If you want to paste the insert only, or you want to paste just only the attributes, you can apply them directly to another sequence or another video. And you can also remove the attributes if you apply any attributes to that specific file. And you will also be able to remove the attributes and only work with the default file. Make sure to select are used whichever one you want. After you're done, you just click on Deletes. And you'll be able to delete that too. So I'm going to press on control Z. And there we go. We have two of the sequences I'm going to do is go off the edits, and you can clear them out directly if you want to. You can also pull the delete by clicking on shifts and deletes. Now if I click on this, we will basically see you select both of them. Shift deletes, and you can see this has been deleted. I'm going to press on control Z. There we go. We have it back. Okay. The next tools are called Duplicate select All select all matching. And the select all. So I'm going to do is first off make a copy. And how do I do that? Most of the time we press on control and control you to make another sequence. Right? But that is not the duplicate. If you want to make an exact duplicate of that specific file or specific footage or specific sequence, then what you're going to do is click on Edit, and you have this option called Duplicate, which is shift control and oblique. Okay, so the first thing you're going to do is going to be clicking on one of them, shift control and oblique. You can see a duplicate file has been created. You can also do it by clicking on control. And D I'm going to do is control D. It can be also done. Okay? That is basically how you'll be able to make a duplicate. So first I'm going to do is make another duplicate over here. And then what I'm going to do is going to be clicking on Edits. And then we have a Select All. I'm just click on Select. All you can see all of them has been selected. Now what is the shortcut key for Select all, Which is Control. Which is basically the universal shortcut key for selection. All the press on control. And a, and you can see all of them has been selected. I'm going to do, just click on it and there we go. And I'm going to press control A over here. And you can see all of them will also be appearing right over here. Going to just keep it like this. I'm going to select on this, I'm going to press control A. All of them will be selected all at the same time. I'm going to remove these because I'm not going to be needing that right now. So I'm going to just click on Edits. And then we have a Select All Matching. If you want to select all the matching ones, you can click on this. You can first off click on Select All, click on Edits, and then you'll be able to select all the matching ones. But you can see it is a grade out because all of them is already already selected. I'm going to do is show you the next one, which is called the Select All. If you press on control shift and A, then it will under the process in selecting all, click on this, You can see we selected. I'm going to press on control A and control shift A so that I can de select all of them at the same time. This is basically how it works on this Edit, Ribon, Adobe Premier Pro. The next one is called fine. Now, if you've used Microsoft Word or Microsoft Powerpoint, you already know how this tool works. This basically helps you to find out that exact specific thing which you want and you will be able to replace them too. Now in Adobe Premier Pro, it's a bit different. Now you can see that there is column operator and find now on the column, you have to select which column or which category do you want to select up for now, I want to select something or I want to spine for something which is going to be on the video duration. Okay, Now on the label, let's say I want the media start or media type. Now, what type of video do you want? Let's say I want it from the video into now. I want it to match all operator. I'm going to select, what do you want to start with or what do you want it to contain? Now, does it start with or end with or match exact. Now select the one which you want. Let's say I want to match exact. Now from here I want with matches exact both at the same time. And then I'm going to use type in water, Water, fine. You can see nothing can be find or found because there is no specific file or video duration which comes out with water. But if I say I want the video in point or maybe the video name or the audio name or description, I'm going to do, just click on Description. There you go. Let me hit on to again, and you can see that it has selected the water from me. Okay, so hope you understood everything about this part of how you'll be able to find out or use this fine tool in Adobe Premier Pro. Now there's this other option called fine. Next. After you get your result. Now what do you find next? Okay, now there can be a couple of the same thing which you're searching for. If you want to toggle through each and every one of them or go to the next one in cycles, then click on Find Next. And then it will take you or select the next one in your file, or in the video which you were working on. Then we have a spelling. Now there is Check Spelling or Spell Check Settings. Now if you click on Check Spellings, then if you do any mistakes while editing or applying any text or you want to just check it, okay. Then you can click on this option of this spell Check, which I've used right now. There's this spell check Settings, which you will find out when you click on it. And from here you can click on Check Spelling. Now select the language which you want to check the spelling up. And then hit in the word which you want to find it in the dictionary. And let's say I want to search for Apple, but I typed in Apple. Okay, I'm going to hit on Learn. You can see Apple has been added to our, Apple has been added to dictionary. Now sometimes what happens is that when you, you want to put in a couple of new words, sometimes the text up to be false are wrong. But if you want to add in those words in your dictionary, then click on just AP LE or whatever word which is not correct. Then just added in, there are also a couple of words which Adobe Premier Pro did not put in and it just updates year by year. Okay, make sure to also do that if you want to get a better type of result and can also forgets. Let's say I want to forget the word APLE. Click on Forgets, and you can see APL removed from the dictionary. After you're done, just make sure to hit on okay, and then you're good to go, hope you understood about that part of dictionary. Now, the next one is called label. Now obviously for organizing or keeping your files organized, you can label up stuffs, right? So first off, go off and select a couple of files. Let's say I want to use this water, which is the resource file. I'm going to go up to edits. And then we have is label. Now, what color do you want to label it as you can select whichever color you want. Let's say I want magenta and you'll basically see this will turn as Magenda. Okay? You can select a couple of files. Let's say when I take this on over here, you can see the color which is magenta. Okay, Now if I take this on, you can see this is green. If I take this on, we can see this is already blue. So basically how it works in Adobe Premier, I'm going to delete this part. And I'm going to do use this right oversion. There we go. We have it. Just click on this and delete the part. Yes, there we go. We have it going to delete this. Part two do is just take it directly over here as the sequence which is also magenta. Now the next one which you have is called remove unused. Now if you have any unused file, which you have opened it up on and row, but you're not working with it, and it's also in your workspace if you want to remove that. Let's go off to Edits and find this option called Remove Unused. And it will remove the unused files which you are not using. Then we have is Consolidated Duplicates. Now if there are a couple of duplicates control shift and our control D, I'm going to just click on Edits, and then we have is Consolidated Duplicate. Click on its Select the Files, its Consolidated Duplicates, and all of them will turn into basically one. Okay? And they are all consolidated. You can see this is how it works. You can see this is connected, not here. Okay? These are duplicated and this is consolidated. At the same time, you can see this icon over here. All of them has turned into a sequence. I'm going to go up to edit again. And then we have is generate source clip for media. You can go up this option over here and then we have is generate source clips for media. What happens is that you can generate source clips for the media. If you're using something from the resource file directly off Premier Pro, then you will be able to use this tool and you can generate source clips too so that you can match up the video. Then we have re Associate source groups or source clips. Well, if you want to redo the process or undo the process, just click on this Re Associate and that will be done. Then we have this option for Team Project. If you want to make a team project and click on this option, there's this update, Publish and Resolve Conflict. Now let's say you are doing a team project now. You worked on it simultaneously, at the same time with the person or the whole team. But if you want to make the updates, then click on this update after you're done the work. So all of the edits will be applied directly to the file of your team if we have published. If you want to publish the file now, I would suggest you are to not use this published. Because if you are working under someone's team or if you are already in someone's team, then do not use publish. But one thing is that obviously they will have that privacy that you will not be able to publish it anyways. So even if you are able to publish them, make sure not to. But if you're making something on your own and you want to publish it to your group, then you have this option called to publish. Okay, Then we have is resolve conflicts. Now when you're working on Adobe Premiere Pro or any software, you might see that there are a couple of conflicts that appear up while working. Okay, and these become a problem. Now if you want to resolve those complex, you'll be able to do that through a different workspace. And also Adobe Premier Co has that feature. If you are ready or if you want to resolve the conflict, just click on Resolve Conflicts, and then you're good to go. Then we have a convert Project, Team Project. Now let's say you are doing a project on your own, but you want to turn it into a team project so that other people can help you with the work. Just click on Convert Product Team Projects, and you will basically see this type of interface opens up. Click on Save. Your Project has basically turned into a team project. Then what you're going to do is apply or put the name of the people you want to put inside or give the permission so that they can also publish or update your project. After you're done putting the names, put the name and also the e mails hit on, okay, and then you're good to go. And this has basically turned into a team project. Now you can see that we have a team project, right? I'm going to do is click on Edits. And then we have the other tools which is convert Team Project to Project. Now if you want to turn a Team Project into a personal use, you can also do that. Click on Convert Team Project to Project. Hit on, okay. Make sure to select, I'm going to show you a couple of bits. You can see the name of this project and you can see the location. Now you also have this couple of settings, general settings, color settings slash disc, and just settings. Well, if you've seen my previous lesson, you already know how this works. You can fix in the render playbacks, the video audio, the capture, and all them. After you've done fixing them, press on. Okay. Hit on, replace, and then you're got to go. This has turned into a basic product. Someaj going to remove the duplicates. Keep only one, okay, I'm going to do take this one over here and then we get to go, we have it over here. Now we can also see a preview over here. And also a preview over here is going to be clicking on this option over here. Close the panel that we get. Now as we have our panel and also our data, let's say our footage over here. Let's go off to our next tool. I'm going to go off the team project again, and then we have this media management. If you're working on a team project, then you have this media management option. Now you can also put in other people here where you'll be able to see or fix the media management. Okay, We'll be able to manage it up. Then we have Browse Version and Browse Auto Saves. Now if you want to browse the versions of a premier program used, click on that. And if you want to browse the Auto Saves now, which saves are being done on your project, we'll be able to browse those two. It's going to be up to you how you're going to work with it. Then we have edit original. Now let's Sam, take this over here. I cut this part up. Okay, there we go. We have to cut this part out. Now M is going to be clicking on Edits. Then we have this argument. Now sometimes you save up saved files, or would say you save up edited files. If you still want to work back on the original file, you'll be able to do that. Now just like I said in my previous lesson, there is this option to save it as different ways and how you'll be able to make links and also save it up in such a way so that you'll be able to work in original files to, for that reason, if you want to save those as that file and you want to work on the original files to then make sure to select on this option that you have over here, work on it. Or let's say edit original. Then you will be able to do that. Then we have this edit Adobe Edition. Now first off, we have clip on sequence. When you click on sequence and press on, let's say this type of box will open up. From here you can see the name, the selection, which is the entire selection. You can also select parts if you want to. You can fix the video, the audio handles, transfer information to audio, and then we have this audio track effect fix up whatever you want to do. And you can also fix up hand and volume information. After you've done, just press on, okay, and then you're good to go. This is basically how it works on this edit ribbon. Okay, so the next one we have, is it Adobe Photoshop? Now if you want this Collab with Adobe Photoshop, which is also very good and very professional because there are a couple of parts which you will be able to work a lot better on Adobe Photoshop instead of Adobe Plumer Pro because there are a couple of elements, a couple of frames, a couple of photos that you'll be able to edit up well on Photoshop instead of Adobe Premier Pro. Okay, so you can also use this functionality so that you'll be able to use Adobe Photoshop. Meanwhile, using Adobe Plumer Pro. Now the next to which we have is called keyboard shortcuts. Now obviously, as this is an Adobe software, and there's going to be a couple of shortcut keys which you'll be able to use so that you can save up a lot of time. Okay. Obviously you'll be able to see the shark keys, what they are assigned with. You can also see the list of its of how it works and you'll be able to use them however you want. You can also memorize them if you want to use the main ones or the ones you need for your work. Now, the last one which we have is called the preferences. Now what type of preferences do you want? General appearance, audio, audio hardware. Well, these are basically all settings for the references. Now let's say I want color settings and I want it as a preference. Click on that option and you can see the color options over here has been up. It can also tuggle through the categories from this section. Two, hope you understood everything about on how you will be able to use this Edit ribbon in Adobe Premiere Pro. If you have any question or any confusion, then feel free to ask me any question and I will guide you and help you through the whole process. Thank you for watching the video until the ends. In our next lesson, we're going to cover up all of the tools in our Clip ribbon. I hope to see you guys in my next lesson of Adobe Premier Pro. Essentially. 5. Clip ribbons: Welcome back to our new lesson, or third lesson, of Adobe Premiere Pro. In this lesson, we're going to learn about the clip ribbon in Adobe Premiere Pro. Without any further ado, let's just open up Adobe Premiere Pro on our device. As you can see that I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro. Now the first thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on new products. There we go. We have our resource file named Water. I'm going to click on this and click on Create. I'm going to click on Replace, because I already had that opened in my previous lesson. You can see that this has come directly as a sequence, which is sequence two. Now, even if we copy this up, it will be named as sequence two over and over again. Let's try it out. Control, shift and oblique. You can see sequence two, copy one. So this is basically how a Premier Pro works. Now as in this lesson, we're going to learn about the Clip Ribbon. Let's just open up this Clip Ribbon and a Premier Pro. Now the first tool which appears up is called Rename. Now if you want to rename your file, just like I said, even though we duplicated it will be name sequence two. But if I want to rename it, I'm going to click on Edits or the clip. And click Rename and you'll be able to rename it. Let's say I want to rename it as Water one we don't enter. There we go. It has been replaced or it has been renamed. Okay. Now we can also double click on this, the right click, and then you will have the rename option over here to Okay. Make sure to also use that because there are a couple of ways and couple of shortcuts of renaming it. Now if you press on two on over here, it will not work because that is not how it works. And there is no keyboard shortcut for rename Adobe Premier Pro in couple of other Adobe software such as Illustrator, Photoshop. And after effect, we'll be able to rename it directly from the layer. But for this one, we will not be able to rename it directly from the sequence on your project file or project ribbon. Let's say the project panel. Now we're going to click on Clip again. And then we have is make up clip. If you want to make a sub clip out of your clip or your footage, click on clip and you'll be able to make a sub clip. Now first off, you have to press on control view and it will make up a copy. Going to use this, there we go. We have this copy over here, but this is a sufflip. You'll be able to use it as a footage and also as a copy. Okay. Click on Clip again. I'm going to click on any one of these files or any one of these videos. Then there's this option called, let's say Edit Soup. Now this has turned into a suplip. Okay. Now if I want to edit the upflit, click on this and this type of box or pop ably appear up from here. You'll be able to fix in the starting time and also fix in the end time. You can also use this tool so that you'll be able to fix in the starting time and also the ending time. Now after that, you will be able to select on this restrict time to sub clip boundaries. Now you select it and you'll be able to change it. This is how it works, but when you click on it, you will not be able to change it. Okay? So make sure to select on it if you want to change the sublip time and press on. Okay. After you are done, now click on Clip again and then we have this edit offline. But if you want to edit it offline, first off, you have to make sure that you have it safe offline. First off, you have to make it offline. Click on this file, click on File, and then you'll be able to make it offline. When you click on Make it offline, you have to save it up on the remaining this media files to remain on this, press on, okay, hit on, okay, and this has turned into an offline file. You can see this is basically how it works when I play it, this is how it will look like, okay? And there are also a couple of land, but one thing is that it takes up a bit of time to make sure so that you'll be able to use it. First thing I'm going to do is going to be going off import, saving up water which is this one. Hit on import, press on, okay. This is going to be where the file is going to be. And you'll be able to select Upset file again from your PC. You can also use that or use the offline file. Now let's go off the clip and then we have a edit offline. The first thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on File. Again, open up the recent project, which is Water or Premier Pro, which one you've saved. If you can find that one, what you're going to do is click on Open Project again, select on all supported media, and there we go. We have our file, then click on okay. And that file will appear up back again, and then you'll be able to edit it offline if you want to. Okay, You can see this option over here is now breathed out because we already use it. And then we can use it as a composition. And you can see that the thing which we saw in when making our offline file has also appeared up before applying it directly on our sequence. Now what I'm going to do is clicking on Clip again. And then we have a Source Settings. Now this is basically the source of that specific video. Click on Source Settings. And then it will show you off all the information about it. Okay. So you'll be able to fix in the source too. I have to go off to clip again. And then we have this modified. In our modified, there are a couple of these tools, audio channels, color interpret footage, time code, and VR properties. Now from the audio channels, you'll be able to fix out the audio channels just like it says. You can see the left and right which are both working. Now if you only want it on the left side, then make sure the select on the left side, on the right side of clip one, it will also play on the left side of your headphone or your speaker. Make sure to use right, right, left or left. Okay? And then you will be able to fix in the clip channel format, which is real or five on one, or adaptive or mono, whichever one you want. It can also apply in the same precepts. If you want to, I'm going to suggest you to use stereo because it will give you an immersive type of audio. But if you have 7.1 no drive on your device, then make sure to select on that. I did not have 7.1 it is not appear enough, but for now I can also use 5.1 so that I can also get that immersive type of video field or audio field. Okay. The next one is called the color option. From here you'll be able to fix in what type of input do you want or what type of LUT, which is, you know, latency. Let's say luminosity. Okay? You'll be able to select out at LUT, then fix in whatever LUT file you have on your device and then you'll be able to use it. It can also override the media color space. You can see we have SRGB. If you've used Adobe Photoshop or Illustrator, you've seen CMYK, SRGB, and then on Canon Panasonic, Sony, all of that. You'll be able to select those two. But I'm going to suggest you to use what for seven oh nine, because that is one of the best default ones there is for Adobe Premier Pro. And you'll also get a premium and a professional type of output. Okay. The next one is called Interpret Footage. Now from here you'll be able to fix in the frames per seconds and how it basically works. You can see used frame rate from file, so the beach ball frame is 29.97 okay. But you can also change it up to 609-12-0240, and up to your custom size. You can see now I have put in 60. And then you can see the duration has now been the same or required the same or no lessened up. And you'll be able to fix in the pixel aspect ratio, which you see 1.0 which is 16 is to nine, but you can also change it up to four is to three or 16 is to ten, it's up to you. You can also select it from over here. Well, there are a couple of precepts that use. Then we have this field order. Now what type of field order do you want order from file or custom? You can see from here I can use upper field or lower field. It's up to you but I'm going to use this use field order from file because allows you to use the raw file and also use the exact file that you are using. And then we have this alpha channel from here you'll be able to fix in the alpha, alpha footage. Okay? So when you're using alpha, it depends on a lot of things. Audio, the video, the lightings, each, and if you want to, this is going to be a bit complex, so we're going to skip this part out. Let's go off the time code. On the time code, you'll also basically see quite like the same thing working on your file and also working on FPS. You can also see there is this time display format. Now, what type of time display format do you want? There are a couple of them to use. You can see 60 FPS, 30 FPS, 252-42-3209, and a lot of them there. We also have Ft plus frames. Now, if you want to use 60 FPS time code, you'll be able to use that. But I would suggest you to use 0.4 because that is the best for cinematics and all of those. If you want higher frames, you can also use that by clicking on plus frames, 16 millimeter or 35 millimeter, it's up to you. You can also use original time code or alternative time effect. That's also up to you. Now, We can also use the beginner R beginning of file so that you can use the time code of that. Now the last one is called V R properties. You can also detect VR properties and also apply the VR emerging type of video edits on your file. By going up to VR properties, you'll be able to select what type of angle you want the video on. You can conform it up, you can change the projection, You can change the layout. You can change the degrees of horizontal and vertical, but make sure that the video has been converted into VR so that you'll be able to change it. Now after you've done, just press on Ok to apply all the changes that you did on those settings. Now let's go off the clip again. Then we have a video option. From here you can see that a couple of them are graded out, but the most are, the main. Important ones are Field option and State of the frame. And you can see set the frame size. Now this is already set to frame size, so we cannot make changes on this. Now on the field option, you'll be able to reverse the field dominance and you'll be able to fix in the processing option. Now there is this one D interlace and also flicker removal. Now both of them work very differently. Now, most of the time I try using flicker removal because if there are flickers, you will basically see when you are using your phone to take a photo off your screen. You'll be able to use whichever type of processing option you want. Now, after you've done selecting any one of them, just press on. Okay. And then you're good to go. You can see the processing has changed over here and we cannot edit up any files over here because this has first turned into a sublet are we are using the motion to increase our frames per second. Now those frames are being congested into one. You can see the main file, even though this turns up to be 31.19 second. But on the sequence we have 15.49 As it was 29, it has reduced up to half of it. So 31 turn into 15 seconds. Now this is also using motion. So you can see all the frames are congested and looking like this. But there is this flickering. You can see a bit of flickering on each and every one of these frames. Now I'm going to do is remove this one on the deletes, and I'm going to use the original video again and put it up as a sequence again. Okay, now if it doesn't open up, what you're going to do is press on the deletes. And I'm going to do, is going to be clicking on File. I'm going to open up another project. I'm going to do, use the like resource for all of it. Or if you can't open up directly from there, make sure to select on this, on this. And there we go, we have the main file I'm going to use to turn it into a sequence and play it up. And you can see this is a lot more smoother and which is 31 seconds. But one thing is that it's going to take up a lot of space because it will turn one sequence into two. Make sure to use the default frames and the default time code when you are working on any one of these files in Adobe Premier Pro. If you're done with it, make sure to keep the sequence and remove the source file so that it just saves up a lot of space and can take up a lot of, you know, smooth process on your CPU GPU. Now the thing, what you're going to do is go out to clip again and then we have this audio options. Well, there are different options on each and every one of the files that you are going to work on. Now if I want to turn it into a sequence, first I'm going to do is take the sequence and drop it on my timeline panel. And I'm going to do is use this and keep this or keep the previous sequence as the main file. What I'm going to do is click on clip again and then we have this audio option now from our video option. The next one is called the Scale to Fit scale to frame settings. Now you'll be able to scale it up up to your own resolution. But now if you're done fixing your audio settings, then make sure to move on to the next tool. The next tool, which we have over here, is called audio options. Now, what type of edits do you want to give up on your audio now? Is it audio gain, break out the mono or extract audio. Now, if you want to extract the whole audio out, you'll be able to change it just the way you want to by saving a copy of it. Now you can also extract the audio to use it in a different video or footage that you're using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, first thing you can use use audio games so that you can fix the games. Okay? It will be more clear or crystal clear. Okay? You will be able to hear it better. Now, you can also set the game on fixing the DB. Now if you take this to the left side, it will get minus, okay? But if you take it on this side, it will gain a bit more. But I would suggest to you that if you are working on an environment where there is a lot of background sound, then reduce the V of it. But if you see that you have a very quiet environment, but even you are recording, the sound is a lot less. And I'm going to suggest you to increase the sound a bit so that you can see that the games are just hearable. Okay, Now we have a Just game bind V. You can also fix that. You can also set the game so that it just fixes up to all of the footages we have is normalized Max Peak. Now it helps you to set a limiter so that after this DV A phones get higher. It just basically sets up the limit so that none of the part is higher, none of the part is like lower and not fluctuating. You can fix it up just the way you want to. Then we have a normalized all peaks. Now if there are certain parts of peaks where the sound gets high or sound gets low, now you can also normalize all of them together. If you keep it on normalized max peaks, it's only going to detect the max peaks of the sound and not fix the lower peaks. Now if you put on normalize, it will work with both your higher and also lower at the same time. You can see the pre peak amplitude over here, which is infinity most of the time and you cannot change it. Okay, After you're done, just make sure to press on. Okay, and then you're good to go. Now the next option or the next tool which we have over here is called break out to monow. Can see that we have extracted those files and we can use it as a mono. Now you can see one is for the left and one is for the right. But one thing about mono is that both starts playing at the same time with the same sequence. So it does not sound any immersive. If you want an immersive type of few, then make sure you use stereo so that it gives you off that immersive type of sound which you want to hear. Now get off to clip again and then select on this file and get off to clip. And the last one which you have is called extract audio. You can extract the audio and also keep it just the way it is as the resource file or let's say the source file. You can also customize it just the way you want and you'll also apply it whenever you want it. Okay? So this is basically how it works in its Premier Pro and you can also remove it whenever you want. Okay, now the next tool which we're going to see over here is called Speed Duration, Seen, edit, infection, and remix. Now from Speed Duration, we will be able to fix in the speed of that video. Just like I said or just like I it it 30, 1 second to 15 seconds. Okay. So you can see the speed has now increased. Even though the frame has increased and the size has decreased. You're going to do is edit up the speed so that you'll be able to customize what time you want. And you can add up motion if you want to make it longer, you can go up to those tools and fix it up. Just click on this one, click on clip again, and then we have a scene it detection. Now if you have any scenes edited on your timeline panel or on your composition as a sequence, you'll be able to edit up those detection or detected files or footages. That you'll be able to work on them too. If you want to work on them with a better type of flow, better type of experience, click on Remix, and you'll be able to mix those files up. And also you'll be able to customize them with a new type of sequence and a new type of tools. Then we have this Insert. On our Insert option, we'll be able to insert sorting parts. Let's say I want to use this one and if I click on Clip and I want to insert that part or this one inserted, we'll be able to insert it just the way he wants it. But one thing you have to keep in mind is that it only works on files which are from the source, not the ones with the sequence. Make sure to use that. Then we have is the next one which is pulp overwrite. Now what the override does is that it overrides the same file. Now you can see that sometimes when you are sharing files or copying and pasting a couple of files and you want to replace it, but pop up for yourself if you don't want to face those times, or if you don't want to, or maybe save up a lot of time, then I would suggest you to use overwrite so that it writes up the whole thing and puts in the default video just the way it was. Now another thing is that you might think that we already have revert, okay, But you will be able to do basically the same thing, but when you revert it back, we'll just get back to the default self. But when you are using this, you know, overwrite file or override tool or command, it overrides the whole thing and makes it supportive again. So make sure to select that because when you use revert, it will just revert it back, but sometimes it cannot detect the way it was and detect the format. Okay. The next tool which we have over here is called the replace footage. If you want to replace any footage, select on the file, click on Clip, and then you'll find this option of replace footage. You can also select on this one, click on Clip and replace the footage just the way you want to. It will take you over here and you'll be able to use whichever one you want. Okay. Then go off the clip again and the next option is replace the clip. Now if you want to replace any clip with any other clip which you have on your device or on a team product, you'll be able to do that. It's also up to you whichever one you want to use. Then we have is render and replace. Now what Render and replace does is that it renders up to you file which you are working on when you click on Clip again. And then we have restore rendered. Now if you have worked on a specific file, but you do not render it and you accidentally removed it, now you can also use this tool called restore rendered. Now you can see almost all of them are basically unrendered, but if I remove it and I want to revert it back, I can also use under tool, but you can also restore the unrendered file and put it up on your time. Let's a timeline panel that you can render it up back again and then upload it up or use it up just the way you want to. The next tool which we have is called the restore captions from source. Okay, now this works a bit different because there is a bit of diffcmentation over here. First off, the thing happens is that you have to extract the scripts or the captions. Now after you have the caption file, you'll be able to restore it or you'll be able to use it on a different type of footage. Now even if you accidentally removed the footage or remove the caption from that specific footage, you'll be able to restore the captions. Okay. So this is basically kind of like a backup option so that you'll be able to use it is the way you want to. And these are basically all of them quite the same. And the next are the last ones you have is called update metadata. Okay? Now, what is basically meta data? So a meta data is basically a property, or let's say the info of all footages are all elements which you are using. Now, meta data basically is composed of let's say what camera it was being used, was the aperture and where was it taken, and basically all of the info, what light, what color, Basically everything or every info about a specific footage or even a photo. Those are basically metadata. And whom was it selected by and what camera, the name, model, everything. Now the next tool which we have is called the generate audio wave form. You can also generate audio wave form from a specific footage. Now I can see when I select on one of it and I'm going to click on clip and you will be able to generate the wave form of it. Now when you click on this, you'll basically see when you zoom in over here. Now this is based on the audio file. You can see over here, this is the audio file and this is the video file. As I do not have any audio on this specific video, you can see that there is no way form, but if you had any specific sound on your audio, then you will be able to generate the wave form and you will basically see a couple of waves on this specific line. Okay. Now the next one or the next tool which we're going to see is going to be auto tech audio types. You can auto tag it up if you want to. You can tag your clips and use the essential sound panel. You can see auto, but as I do not have any sound over here, so you will not be able to use it. There's also presets where you'll be able to fix in the music Sound, you'll be able to fix in the SFX. You'll be able to fix the ambience and everything, okay? This is basically very functional and includes the functionality from different types of software such as let's say Clip Half Cuts. Then there is Default, and there is other software such as in Shot and all of them, this works a lot more better. And basically we'll be able to work with almost every elements, every category, the footage has to be edited to make it professional. Now the next tool which we have over here is called automate sequence. Now when you click on its get on the clip and you'll be able to automate the sequence. Now when you click on it, you will basically see a pop up appear up like this. You'll be able to fix in the ordering, which is soft order or selecting order. Fixing the placements and fixing the method, fixing the clip overlay. Fixing what type of frames or seconds you want. Still clip duration frames per still transitions and also ignore options. Customize all of them. Fiddle through each and every one and see how it works and press on. Okay, and then you are good to go. Okay, this is basically how it works in Adobe Premier Pro. And how you'll be able to automate every, let's say, category of elements there is to compose up a whole video. Now the next tool which we have over here is called enable. Now if you want to enable an preset settings, you'll be able to enable them is the way you want to. Now there's also a link if you have any statistic footage linked up to another file or another footage, you'll be able to unlink them however you want. The next one is group La Select both of them and press on control. And both of them, we turned into a group. Okay. I'm going to use this 12. And you select them control. And they have turned into a group. Even if they didn't, just click on over here and ungroup them if you want to. Now if I take this up, you can see all of them moving at the same time. But if I unlink them per click on its first stop group, and now you'll be able to remove them one by one. Okay, this is basically how it works on Adobe Premier Pro. Then go off the clip again. And the next two, I'm going to stop, select one clip and then we have able and on. You can also enable them by selecting on this, over here, selecting on this, like this. Okay. You can also enable them and also disable them whenever you want. Okay. Then we have is synchronize. If you want to synchronize the part where you have the audio and also the video, at the same time you will be able to synchronize them. Click on Synchronize. You have this clip start or clip, and all the time code and also the audio. Make sure to click on audio and press on Ok. And you'll basically see that all of them have been sicked up at the same time. At the same time, but I don't want it, so I'm going to do is press on control Z so that I can undo the whole process. Now the next tool which we have here is called the Merge Clips. If you want to merge them up altogether, click on it and click on Merge Clips, and then you're good to go. This will basically turn out to be something like grouping them up together, but it will stay on the same time fit, but not on the same level, our same seconds. Okay? The next one is called nests, you can also make nested coups, this also turns into a group, but all of them are nested together. If you make changes on any one of its videos or any one of its part, the next part will also get the same type of edits. You'll be able to use this nested option or this nested sequence if you want to. The next one is called to create multi camera source sequence. This basically means an emerging type of video and also the video where it supports different angles. Now if you want to make or create a multi camera source, you're going to make a virtual different type of angle of camera. And then you'll be able to fix in what type of angle you want. The next one is called the multi camera. Now first up, you have to enable multi camera so that you'll be able to fix in the sequence and then you'll be able to fix out and also edit the parts of your virtual camera and also your camera angle. Hope you learn everything about this lesson on this clip Ribbon of Ability Premier Pro. If you have any question or any confusion, then feel free to ask me anything and I will guide you and help you through the whole process. Now let's move on to our next lesson, where we are going to learn all about the sequence panel or all about the sequence ribbon and Adobe Premiere Pro. And thank you for watching the video of Toby ends. So hope to see you guys in my next lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro, essentially. 6. Sequence ribbon: Welcome to our new lesson of Sequence ribbon. In our previous lesson, we covered up almost all of the tools of the Clip ribbon. In this lesson, we're going to cover up all the tools and commands which we have in our sequence Ribbon. Without any further ado, let's just hop on the lesson by opening up Adobe Pm Crow on our device as I opened up Adobe Premier Pro. Now what I'm going to do is going to be opening up a new project by clicking on the file, which I want, a small off the Premier Pro Resources, and we have this water. We do the resource file and also the water audio is corrected. This is an offline file. Select on this, press on creates the place, and there we go. We have our offline file totally opened up and also turned into a sequence. You can see that every time I open it up, it opens up a new number. R gives us a new number, as this is going to be R1234, which is the fourth one, which is the fourth lesson. So this has turned out to be the sequence four. As I'm working on the same work space, it is going to just increase one by one every time I open it up. Now what are there in the sequence ribbon or what are the tools in the sup ribbon? All of the edits are how you want to make it view or how you want to make it view like it is going to appear or it's going to be all on these verbs. Okay, first thing over here is called the sequence settings. First off, click on the sequence. Click on sequence, And then there we go. We have the sequence settings. Now there are two parts of the sequence settings. One is going to be general and one is going to be VR properties. Now if you have a pre D, or let's say if you have two dimensional now videos. If you have a 2d3d dimensional video, then you will be able to customize it all on the general settings. Now from here you'll be able to fix out the editing mode. Now there are a couple of presets which you'll be able to select from now. There is Canon AVCHDAVC, DV, CV 123 and then Progress, and then Red Cinema. Select whichever one you want according to your desire and then you're good to go. Then we have is time base, which is basically the frames per seconds. Then we have is the file or the frame size. The resolution and also what type of resolution it is. Is it 16.9 16.10 or let's say 17.5 or is it four? Is to three. Okay. Select up what you basically need and then you will be able to scale the motion effects proportionally equal to the resolution which you're using, or let's say equal to the frame size you're using. Now from here, fix the pixel aspect ratio. From here I will suggest you to use square pixel 1.0 but there is this option of DVC D 1.5 which also gives you up, let's say a 16.9 or a 16.10 resolution. You will be able to just an AZ quality video in these aspect ratios. Let me have a few. I was suggesting to use no fuels because when you use feels it's going to be a bit difference and it's going to look different. On each and every Monitor projector suggestion, you use the default one, and then we have a display format if you want see and frames then suck on 16 nanometer, say 16 millimeter and also 35 millimeter. If you want non drop frames per time code, then use this non drop. And this is also a drop frame code. What happens on drop frame time code is that if you increase the FPS, it will flicker. But if you use non frame or non drop frame time code, then it will be as smooth as it could be. Okay. And on the color select up the working space, you'll be able to select only from work for seven oh nine to 100. And also Q The select the ones you want. But I would suggest you use report 79, just like I've said in my previous lessons, to then fix in the audio fix in the audio settings which is going to be the sample rate and also the display format. And it can also change in the channel format. If you put in double channel or triple channel or quad channel, then you'll be able to fix in channel one by one. But as I'm using only one channel, part of the audio part of the video, then you'll be able to use, or you won't be able to use it. Okay? You can see only two, but this is going to be one basically, and this is played out for that reason. Now from here you'll be able to select millisecond or audio samples. And then from here you'll be able to fix in the sample rate or the herds of that special sound quality. Then we have this video preview. Now what type of video preview do you want to use now? From here you'll be able to select a couple of different formats. There's Microsoft Frame 12 go Crows Eno Form, and also DVC. Now DVC is going to be a bit different over here. It's going to belong to the two or P, two grade videos. From here, I would suggest you to use either quick time or frame for MPEG. Well, most of the software or the playing softwares in your device will be able to capture or will be able to process all of the data and all of the colors and give you off the best output for your video. Make sure select those. And then from here, fixing the codec. Now first up, make sure that which device you are using for that specific video. Now if you want a bit of action type of video and you want a bit of Senti form, then we have this option called Go C. It will help you to utilize the format or let's say the footages from a Go Pro to ability from your Pro very smoothly, keep the videos optimized and give you off the best quality with the best of ranges. But if you want to use Apple now you can see that there are a couple of these option over here. Now there's this other option called uncompressed. When you use uncompressed, it's going to put up a bit of pressure on your CPU because it's going to take no, no resolution cut out. Okay? So it will just give you just the exact raw quality of that footage and put it into processing and it over Premier Pro. Now one thing about Apple Apple progress is that it gives you off a bit less quality if it, but obviously you will get a very professional grade video when you are done editing on it and you get the wrestle. I would suggest you use Apple Prores if you are using it for casual R business use. But if you want to go higher then I would suggest and use this pros in the form and then compressed if you have a high quality or high end device. After you're done, fix in the width and height. Fix in the maximum bid depth and maximum render quality so that you get the best result. But if you are using a low end or a mid end device, then I would suggest that you do not use it and keep it just the way it causes it. But if you want the highest quality and highest bid depth and highest render quality so that none of the resolution gets decompressed, then I would suggest that you click on bad ones and press on. Okay. And then you get to go and get the best result out of it. Now let's go out the sequence again. And then on here we have a render effects in R out, but before that we have another option of VR quality. Okay, In this VR quality, what will you be able to change all the VR properties? Now, fix in the projection what type of projection you want. We'll be able to select from none or to equal rectangular. Okay? Then fix in the one which you want. Fixing the layout. Fixing the angles from horizontal or vertical axis. And then press on. Okay. So that we'll be able to apply all of those changes. Now the next one which you have is called the Render Effect In Out. Now if you have the render effects on the intro and you want to change it out, okay, you'll be able to change it Into Out. And you can also change the render effect or say Render Into Out. Okay, now the effects are going to be a bit different than just the render. So let's say the render effects are different based on your Su okay and based on the work you're doing. If you want to apply the effects into out, but you want to keep it just the basic select on this. But if you just want to render Into Out, then you'll be able to use it. The difference between them is that one works with effects and one works with the whole product altogether. Depending on your work, make sure to select the one which you want. Then we have is Render Selection first up selected the sequence, and then you have this option of render selected. You'll be able to render the selected one only for render. You will be able to select out of a couple of them when you want to render specific files. You'll be able to use it. Then you'll be able to also render the audio so that you get the best audio sound and also the edited file into a whole. Then we have is the delete render files. If you have like a lot of render files and you want to want to delete them or cut it out, you'll be able to also delete the render files and also delete vendor files into out. If you make render files into out order effect into out, you can see now this is processing all of the video and after it has done processing it might use click on sequence and then we have this option of delete render files into out. The first up before rendering it will obviously give you a preview and after it has been done reviewing it will detect up the files or detect up the frame rates, detect up the resolution and the color range. And then you are get to go to be working in on renders. Okay? The next one is called the match frame. Now the shortcut key to match frame is just okay. On your keyboard, click on this match frame, and then you'll be able to match the frames on each and every one of the defense. But just like I said, when I am using a compressed file, or let's say when I turn a 30, 1 second video into 15 second video, then what happens is that it has not the capability of matching up the sequence and matching up the frames side by side because one gets compressed and one keeps it on the source. So make sure you use the same type of frames when you are trying to match up the frame, okay. Then after you're done, just make sure to hit on K and then you are get to go. The next one is called the reverse match frames. Now if you like already applied in the mass frame, you can obviously under the process, but sometimes it does not work for that reason. If you want to under the process, you have this option called the reverse match frames. So that you will be able to reverse the effect or reverse the commands or tool which you've used on it. The next one is called Add edits. Now you can see on a couple of times you are not able to edit up on a specific sequence or a specific blue source file. Okay, What happens is that it gets locked up to keep it unlocked and also use it at all times, you have this option of add edits. And you can also open it up by hitting on control Pca on your keyboard. When you click on Add Edits, you'll be able to see that it will first off turn out into a segment. Now the next sag we have is called at Edits to all tracks. Now the next sag we have is called at edits to all track. Now if you want to add it all of the track in your file or in your timeline panel, then you're going to do is quote on sequence and then you'll be able to add edits to all track. You'll basically find out that on all tracks. Now, all tracks mean different type of source. Let's say this one is video source, one is audio source. It's going to add edits on all of the tracks. You can see when I apply, you can see both of them has turned, no difference, and one segment on audio, one segment on video. When I apply edits on all crack, you can see on both ends, both of them are now segmented. Click on sequence again and then you have a scrim edit. You'll be able to trim the edits of that file two, you can see Effect click on over here and I will be able to trim that edit. Okay, Do is click on Sequence. Click on Trim Edit, and you'll be able to fix it up the way you want to, such as minus one, minus five, then molchrome, you will be able to apply effects on all of them. Okay, let's semi minus five. So we are done. And there we go, we are done. Okay, then go off the sequence again. And the next tool which we have is called extend selective Edit to Playhead. Now what it basically does is that it's the selected edit which you have on the playback which is already playing, it will be extended up. Okay? It depends on how many seconds we want to extend it up too, but we'll be able to just edit up the playing ones, okay? The next one which you have is called apply video condition. If you want to make your video look a lot more professional, a lot more smooth, then you will be able to apply in video conditions just the way you want to. Let's say I'm in click on Apply Condition. First off, click on the ones which are big. Click on Sequence. Click on Apply Video Condition, and select on this Apply the Condition. And there you go. When it plays on, you can see there is a bit of condition and hit on play. You can see there is a smooth condition on there. Now you'll be able to apply audio conditions to at the same time. So it works on basically audios but it will not be visible. But if you already have an audio applied to your file or to your footage in the time timeline panel, you'll be able to make changes on it and move at a time. Okay. The next one which you have is called apply default condition to selection. Now there is this part where you'll be able to apply the default files to the condition section. Let's say you applied in a bit of condition. Okay, Let's say I'm going to us, I'm going to click on sequence, select the file on sequence, and then you have a applied default condition selection. You'll be able to apply the default one also. Okay. Now you can also see that there is only one type of me condition that is being applied. But if there are a couple of more then you'll be able to make changes on it by applying the default one just the way we want it to apply. I'm going to do, go back to edit and let's see how it works. Let's do a sequence. And the next tool which we have is called lift. We'll be able to lift up current, Mel, let's say currents and all the sestic parts of the video. Let's some split on sequence and we'll be able to lift it up. Let's say I want to lift up this file Smf, the sequence, and you'll be able to lift it up. Let's try if the sequence lifts and we'll be able to make Ts on it just the way you want it to, Okay? And you'll be also able to extract up the file or extract the audio, or extract the video from the source directly. Okay, Now the next one is called Zoom Out, well, the Sharket key, where it is equal and also minus one of the keyboard Plt on this panel, which is going to be the computing panel. You can see plus, minus extent, and increase. You'll also be able to do it over here. At worst, basically on all cases you can also do it over here. Assume out, okay, make sure to use whichever one you prefer. And then let's go off the sequence again. And then we have this close gap. If there are specific Mollel gaps on your video on your transition, you'll be able to close the gap just the way we want to o close the gap. And the gap has been closed. Can see this palsy in a way. Bits, you can see the gap has been closed. The part which I extended by using edits is now gone. Okay, now there is go to gap. You'll be able to go to the gap two in the next week. Previous sequence, next track, and also previous track. Okay, Select up the one which you want and we are good to go. Okay. Next one is called Snap in Time Line. Now what Snap in Timeline basically does is that it snaps your video footage directly into your timeline panel is the way you want it to look like. Now, another thing is that sometimes nap time line is not how it works because it just basically will give it off to at the beginning of the time line punt. It does not work in a way where you'll be able to customize some of just take it right over here, you can see that. Does that work right? Snapped up. But click on sequence, Snap, timeline. Select it as you'll be able to apply basically wherever you want. Okay? So this is basically how it works when you use a timeline and also be selected or not to use it. The next to which we have over here is called Linked Selection. Now the Link Selection basically does is that when you selected that popular file, it will be linked together. Now if you want to group it up, if you want to make edits, it will be linked up Film. Use this. And you can see that there is a file or one audio, one video. Okay. Now if I select on sequence, click on, let's say Link selection be selected. We'll be able to make changes on it. You can see I'll be able to change this part. See, this is basically how it works, okay? But if I select both of them through off a sequence and link selection, I'm going to have to move them together at the same time. So if you want to make changes or if you want it to be separate, then make sure that the select this link sequences or linked selection, you will be able to work just the way we want it to work. Okay, then we have a selection follows played or playhead. Now when you use this selection, the selection file will follow the playhead. But you can see that we'll be able to select when I do selected, we'll be able to put it wherever you want. Okay, Let's say I want to use it over here, but when you are using Linked Selection, I'm going to use over here, selection follows Playhead. And I'll be able to select it both together. Okay? And to make changes on the way I want it to be. Then I'm going to go off the sequence again, and the next one is called Show through Edits. Now what happens when I show through edits is that all the edits will be shown through this project panel over here, and also it will be detected where it has been edited. Select this for your purpose. If you want to see the preview of the edits to the next one is called normalized mitre. If you want to normalize the mixed, first off, you have to fix the B is basically the same which I've shown you. You'll be able to fix out what do you want to normalize it? You can see zero. It is silence because I don't have any audio in this file. If I have audio in this file, then I will be able to normalize it. Also fix in the next type to the next tool which we have over here is a bit different. Now, the next tool is called auto reframe sequence. Now when you auto reframe the sequence, you'll be able to rename it, fix as the ratio, and also fix the motion tracking. Now, motion tracking is a bit complex. Let's say you have a set file, but you want to practice motion and increase, increase the motion and also turn 15 FBS into 30 or into 60. And how does it work? It's all through motion tracking. Now for here depends on what type of video you are using. Is it a slow mode or is it a normal, or is it a faster moving video? Select it up to your desire. Slower videos. Slower videos use lower motion or higher. Or say high speed videos. Make sure you use faster motion. It will work a lot more better. I'm going to keep it on default. Make sure you use were 1.1 there's a 16.9 if you want to. There's also 4.5 And you can also test the modo if you want to. And name the sequence after you've done the select Don't Nest Clips. Nest if you want to nest on the clips so that you can work on it together and select on this. If you don't want to work on it together and work on it individually, select the first one. Don't Nest clips and press on it for you there. Do we have clip edited and also of the same revolution. You can also see it right over here which is nested and auto frame at the same time. The next to which we have is called the re transcribed sequence. Now the next tool which you have over here in the Premier Cro is called transcribed sequences. Now what is re transcribed sequences? Now first off, we have to think about what is transcribed. The transcription feature in Premier Pro is a calculates the transcribed is used to make that subtitle for any of your video. Now, when you are re transcribing something, what it does basically it just turns your subtitles into a different type of format such as plain text or doc word or do you can re transcribe the state sequence or whatever title you file has and we'll be able to re transcribed. The next one that you have is called the simplify sequence. Now what the simplified sequence does is that it basically makes a copy of the sequence In the simplified sequence dialogue box, You can choose the elements you do not want in your sequence copy. This can be elements such as empty tracks, conditions, graphics and more. You'll be able to simplify the sequences and also cut out parts which you don't need. The next tool which we have is called add tracks that we want to add up tracks, we'll be able to do that there. We also have lead cracks, we'll be able to delete them. The last one we have, transcription transcribing is called captions. You'll be able to add caption crack. You have this caption playhead, title caption track. So all caption track and a lot more. Make sure to build through them. First off, you have to add in a new caption. Let's say subtitle and CDA service for and press on a pay, and you will basically see a catching file over here, okay? Then you'll be able to make this on it just the way you want to. You can hide it up, show it up, and make it active or not accepted. So hope you understood everything about this part or everything about this lesson on how you would be able to use the sequence Ribbon and Abe Premier Pro. And if you have any question about this specific lesson, if you have any confusion, then make sure. Feel free to ask me anything and I will guide you and help you through the whole process. I hope to see you guys in my next lesson where I'm going to be covering up this Monitors Option or the monitors Ripon and Adobe Premier Pro. Without any further ado, let's just hop on to our next lesson. 7. Markers: Welcome to our new lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro. In this lesson, we're going to learn about the marker ribbon. In our previous lesson, we've covered up our sequence and also our clip ribbons. Just as step by step, we're going to also cover up marker ribbon, whatever tool there is, whatever shortcut key there is, and also what commands are, commands are there to be used without any further ado. Let's just hop on the lesson of Adobe Premier Pro by opening up Adobe Premier Pro on our device. On my screen, you can see that I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro. Now the first thing I'm going to do is click on New Project. And then I'm going to do import this video which I've been using in my previous lessons to, obviously you will find it in our resource file with this course I'm going to do is click on Create. I'm going to click on Replace. After that is done and I am in my workspace. And I will show you our cover up, almost all the tools, shortcut keys, and also commands of the Markers ribbon. Now what are basically markers now when you are working on the timeline panel. Now obviously you sometimes might want to save up a couple of parts where you want to edit. Now first thing what you can do is click on over here, and then put in your marker on this. Now how do you put in your marker? This is the marker. You can see a marker you can press on your keyboard. So you can also put the marker. So another maker to one market, second 15. Now what I'm going to do is going to be putting in one market. So maybe you click on over here. And when you hit on over here, a marker. You can see on this panel we have this icon. And that is basically the marker which will help you to find out that exact location, exact time of that specific video or footage which you're working with. It helps you to find out those certain parts which you want to edit up, okay. Or you also can save up parts where you want to make certain things. Now you can also hit on M on your keyboard, Le, I'm going to click on M. And you can see I have put in another marker. Now as we already know how we can put in marker and how we can mark in now the other keyboard shortcut is I'm not using on. And you can see up till this part, it has all been marked in. Now mark in works in a specific part and it's going to be after this line. Okay? Now if I put this one over here and I want to mark in the parts, only the parts after this second is going to be marked in. What I'm going to use hit on. And you can see this part has also been marked in. Now how do you want to mark out? You can see that you also have this option. Let's take this over here. Click on Markers, Mark In, and you can see this is how you will be able to mark in the parts which you want to use. Now if I want to mark it out, I'm going to do is go off the markers and you have this mark out option which is going to be O on your keyboard. If I click on O, you can see it has been marked out. Now you can also remove specific markers by dragging it out. You going to do is click on this part. Take this part over here. You can see this marker over here. Hit on Delete. You might see that the whole thing might be deleted. Zoom in a bit more, and you can see this marker over here. You can put in markers if you want to, but you can also remove them whenever you want. Now to remove the marker. To remove a marker, there is a specific way. Adding a marker is very simple. Now, you can also add in markers over here. Select on this part, and then I can put in a marker over there. You can see the marker has been created over here. Now one thing is that removing marker from your composition, or let's say your sequence is very simple. You will find out right over here on this part. Okay? You can click on it, you can add in a marker, let's mark in. Or you can also put in different type of mark up options. Okay, I'm going to just click on Mark Out. Now if you want to remove markers from your track, the first thing you're going to do is going to be selecting this. You know, let's say selecting the clip. So the first things first I'm going to do is zoom out a bit. Zoom out. Now the first thing I'm going to do is going to be selecting on the file. Double click on it. And you can see another panel opens up of sequence. Now you can see the markers over here, which I have done. Click on this marker, right click on it. And then you have this option of clear selected marker or clear markers. Now if you want to remove marker one by one, click on clear selected marker. Now if you want to remove all of them at once, click on it and click on clear markers. All all of them will be removed at the same time. So this is basically how you'll be able to add or remove markers from your timeline panel, from your clip, or also from, you know, your sequence which you're working on. So I'm going to do is going to be close the panel. You can see I'm going to do close all the panels. I'm going to do keep it on text. Okay. This is how it's going to work. Now the next thing I'm going to show you is go up to markers. And then we have is mark clip and also mark selection. You can also select up certain parts from your video and mark it up, but you can also mark up certain selection. Let's say I'm going to keep this marked, so I'm going to click on marker. Click on Mark Selection, and you can see the selected part or up to the part which has a video and an audio in. It has been marked, but anything outside of it has not been marked. But when you use Mark In Option or the Mark in Tool, what happens is that it selects up almost all of the things from where you click on Mark In. Okay? It depends on where your timeline is or this time line bar is, so make sure to use whichever one you prefer. And then on this option we have Mark Selection. You can see which we've used. And we also have marked clips. So click on Mark Clips and you'll be able to mark up that specific clip too. It's up to you how you're going to work with it. I'm going to do, go off the markers. I'm going to just click on Mark Out. Okay. You can see this part has been selected now. Just click on Markers, Mark Out. There we go. All of the markers of the whole clip and also from the timeline has been removed. Now the next tool which we have is called Mark split. Now if you have a split in any part of your video and you want to make a mark in that split, you'll be able to mark that split very easily by selecting on that split. Let's do is going to be clicking on Sequence first, click on a edit. Now the first thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on Markers and you'll be able to mark. Now this mark split is done in a specific way. Now the first thing you have to learn is that how you're going to use this mark split. Now, this mark split basically works in a specific way so that you can use the audio and video differently. Okay, now I'll show you the whole process. First thing I'm going to do is going to be selecting any one of these clips. So from here I'm going to do is use, let's say this clip or this part. So I'm going to select this double click on it and this type of panel opens up right now, first thing I'm going to do is going to be selecting the part which I want. Let's say from here I'm going to do is keep this part over here. I'm going to do is go off the markers. Click on Mark In, and you can see this has been marked in. I'm going to take this right over here. And you can also select the parts by clicking on Mark Out. So I'm going to click on Markers and you have this Mark Out option. And you can see this specific part has been selected. Now if you want to split up the video and the audio, you will use this or let's say Mark split. So go off to Markers and you will have this option over here, Mark split. Now, what do you want? Okay. Now you want the video out or the audio in or audio out. Let's say I want the video out. I'm going to just click on this video out. And you can see the part which I can use. And then you can take this extra, or the specific part which you want, and use this directly over here. So you can see this part has been selected and removed at the same time. So the video has been out from over here, but the audio still remains. So you'll also be able to use the audio out or audio in if you want to. Now you know how you'll be able to use the Mark in and out and also mark split option in Adobe Premiere Pro. So I'm going to press on control Z so that I can keep the whole thing however it was. Okay. Now the next thing I'm going to do is go off to Markers and then we have is go to what does this go to do? So click on this, go to, and you'll basically find out that there is nothing or nothing is being changed. But I'm going to do is click on over here, click on Markers to. Now what happens is that takes you directly back. Okay, Now there is also a specific key or shortcut key, what you will be able to use which is shift. And I, even if I'm like over here, shift, it takes you at the beginning. Now, if you mark this part up. Let's, I'm going to just click on this, mark up and how will it work? I'm going to shift, but it still takes you back over here. This is basically how it works. I'm going to do the same thing to remove the marker. Right click on it and clear markers. Okay, there we go. It has been removed. And then I'm going to also close the panel because I'm not going to be needing that. Now, the next one which we have over here is called the car, or let's say go to Out. Now go over here, click on Markers Out, and it will take you to the ending. Now even though this is turning right over here, but go to Out is basically going to take you right over here. Okay? This is basically how it works with the markers. Okay? Depends on the markers or depends on the selection. You'll be able to fiddle through each and every one and you also have this go to split. Now, if you have any splits, you'll also be able to find them out just the way you did it with Mark In Out. Okay. Now the next one is called Clear In. Now if you have that separation or the segment of that specific video which you're working on, you will be able to clear it into. Clear in and clear out. So first in clear in, you can see this is at the beginning. Now if I have a sortan part, let's say I'm going to click on this part over here. I'm going to just click on this one. Take it over here. Click on Markers, Mark In. Click on Markers, Mark Out. And then I'm going to do is going to be put in a separation between them. Markers, Mark, split video out. Okay. Now as I have video out, I'm going to do go off to my markers right now and that I can do is selected from the panel, go off the markers and then we have is clear out and you can see this has been cleared out of how it works. You can see this is the part which I'm going to be using or the part where I'm going to use that video, but the audio is still ongoing. So make sure you know, select the parts which you are working on and you'll be able to use these markers too. You can also clear in and out at the same time. Then we have this added marker which is basically the same which we like used at the previous of this lesson or at the beginning of this lesson of adding in a marker. The next one is go to next marker I'm going to do is first stop control Z so that I can undo the process of each and every one. First I'm going to do is mark up a couple of them by using my shortcut key, which is M. There we go. Now if you want to fiddle through or toggle through each and every one of them, click on markers and go to the next marker. You can see the marker next. Let's go off markers. Go to the next marker and you can hold on to shift M. Two, someone do use my keyboard, shortcut shift shift M. Now you can also do the reverse one, which is control shift and M, someone do is hit on control shift and M, first off select the video control shift M. You can see how this works, shift M, so that you can go off the next marker and control shift M, so that you can go back to the previous marker. I'm going to go off the markers again. And then we have is selected markers. You have to turn this panels on or this panel on. Then hold onto these markers. Select the markers. You can see all of them selected. Now I'm going to do is click on Markers and then I'm going to click on Selected Markers. Okay. You can select, I'm going to click on Markers. Clear Selected Markers. Just like this. We'll be able to remove them the way we want to. One thing is that now one thing about using the marker is that when you click on the markers, it will take you directly to that specific timeline of that specific footage. So make sure to use that or also select or use it so that you'll be able to navigate through a couple of these videos too. So let's go off the markers again. And now the next tool which we have over here is clear markers if you want to use the shortcut key, if you want to clear the selected marker, which is control Alt and M, let's try it out. I'm going to select this control Alt and M. You can see it hasn't removed. Now, if you want to remove all the markers at once, just control Alt shift and M, I'm going to do clear all markers. I'm going to select this panel, Control Alt shift. And you can see all of the markers from that specific video which I was using has been removed. This is basically how these tools work. And he will function up and save up all of your time. And obviously I'm going to do is suggest you to use, you know, shortcut keys because it just basically makes you more, you know, fluid on your work and it saves up a lot of time. And every of the key is basically on the palm of your hand. Instead of going through these ribbons and finding them out and using them and clicking on them. So it just takes up a lot of time. Okay? And it also, do you know, sometimes you cannot find the exact tool which you want to work on with. But one advantage is that each of these ribbons which you have in Adobe Premiere Pro, work the same way, or work on the exact category of whatever tool you want to use with or whatever tool you want to work with. So now you know how you'll be able to use markers. Clear them out, mark in selection, remove marker, and all markers at the same time. And how you'll be able to use only the videos from a specific footage and also to use only an audio of a specific footage. So it's all up to you now. Go off the markers again and then we have this edit marker. First I'm going to do is going to put in a couple of markers over here. There we go. Now if you want to edit up the marker, just go over here. First off select the footage, click on any of the markers, go off marker again and then we have is edit the marker. Now there is also this marker settings which you'll be able to file through. Now. You can name the marker to, let's say on this one I'm going to use green. Okay, so we have a green. You can see the timeline on where the marker is, basically 13 second 21 millisecond. Now you can also add in a comment, Now if you are working on a team project, now you find a certain part of the video where you want to change it, but you don't have the permission, but also you want someone else to work on it. You can put in a marker, put in a comment so that other person can see it and work according to what you're proposing. So you can put in your comment over here. Then you have this marker color. There are a couple of colors which you'll be able to use to mark it up and make it different from other labels. Okay, then we have a comment marker which you'll be able to apply. We have chapter marker. Then we also have segmentation on marker and also Web Link where you can put in a Web link in a specific marker. And this also works as an attribute, so make sure to use it. And obviously Adobe Premier Pro has this facility or functionality of how you'll be able to use it for different purposes too. Now the next one is you can put in your URL. You can put in the frame target. What type of frame do you want? You'll be able to put that into. You can also add in maybe a bit of motion tracking and just make sure that the person you want to send it off to, or if you want to save it off so that you can work on it later on. Put in your marker, put in the attributes or put in the comments, and you can work on, or find it on very easily for later purpose. After you're done, you can also get the preview. You can see the previous one, the next one, and also hit Enter and also delete the marker if you want to. Don't hit on. Okay. And there we go. The color has been changed. Obviously, you will be able to remove them whenever you want and fiddle through and toggle through each and every one of them. Now let's go off the markers again, and the next one we have is add chapter marker, just the one which you've seen. Now if you want to put in a chapter marker, you can see this is how it looks like. I'm going to press on, okay, and you'll basically see that this is a chapter marker. Now if you want to remove the chapter marker, what happens is that you have to click on the marker, on the sequence panel, or the program sequence panel, right click on it. And then you'll be able to clear the marker from that one. Okay? So if you want to apply a marker on a specific track, make sure to select on the track and then you'll be able to apply it. But if you want the chapter marker, it will appear over on your sequence panel, or let's say your composition panel. And you'll be able to remove or add them up just the way you want to. Okay, Now the next one or the next tool which we're going to find out over here is called a flash marker. Well, this is totally a different type of marker. I'm going to do is just add one and it'll show you. Now you can see the flash cue is right over here. So this is basically the flash, this is the chapter and this is the track. So this is how you'll be able to work with. And you can also select an over here and remove it directly from over here. You don't have to open up another panel so that you can get in your track and also see them. So it just allows you to very easily remove or add in markers whenever you want. But one thing is that you cannot use any shortcut keys for this type of addition of markers in your workspace. So I'm going to do remove this to click on Clear Markers, and I'm going to do right click on its clear selected marker and you can see that our flash Q marker has also been removed. You know how you'll be able to add in chapter marker, flash Q marker, and also track marker. Okay, let's go to marker again. The next one is called the ripple sequence markers. Now the ripple sequence markers are most of the time opened up. Now I'm going to use click on Marker and click on Ripple sequence Marker. What happens is that when you use this ripple sequence marker, it marks up the part and also applies in a bit of ripple. Now you can also apply edits on that part at attributes and also adding comments. That is how it helps you to use this ripple sequence marker. The next one we have is copy paste, include sequence markers. Now you can see sometimes which you're working on, let's say the track or the chapter which you're working on. And you want to copy and pace it up. But what happens is that when you copy and paste it up, the markers are not there. When you copy and paste included sequence markers. It just copies of the markers in that specific parts and then paste it up. Samaje put in markers over here Now just click on this track, off the markers, copy paste sequence. You can see you'll be able to copy and paste the sequence over here. Well Sema is going to be copy it when you press Paste, you can see the markers are now over here too. But what happens when you take it directly without using the sequence or copy sequence? It does not take the marker into hope you understood everything about this lesson on how you will be able to use this markers ribbon, how you can mark in and out, how clear in and out, how to use those. Go to the next marker. Remove markers. Apply markers on three specific parts, Chapter Fq and also Track. And also how you will be able to copy and paste markers and also make duplicates of it. So thank you for watching this video up til the end. And if you have any question or any confusion, then feel free to ask me anything and I will guide you through the whole process and help you through it. So let's move on to our next lesson, where we're going to learn about graphics and titles Ribbon in Adobe Premiere Pro. 8. Graphics and Titles: We're welcome back to our new lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro, essential. In this lesson, we're going to learn about graphics and title Ribon. Without any further ado, let's just open up Adobe Premiere Pro on our device. I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro. Now I'm going to do is open up a new project. Click on this, click on Create, Replace. Now the first thing I'm going to be doing over here is going to go off directly to graphics and titles. Now, just like it says, it's all about the graphics and titles. And you can see on my previous videos or previous lesson, I've covered up the marker part. If you've already seen that, I'm going to do is remove the parts or remove the marker. I'm going to select on this, click on this and clear markers. There we go. We're done. And I'm going to close the panel. Now this has been closed. What we're going to do over here is going to be very simple. It's going to be related to graphics entitled, okay, I'm going to click on graphics entitled Turbin first. And the first option which appears up is called Add Fonts from Adobe Fonts. Now when you click on this, you'll basically see that a website will open up. That is going to be Adobe.com So I'm going to do is click on this, increase the size, and this is the type of website opens up. From here, you'll be able to add it to your creative cloud family. Now after you apply it or download it directly to your creative cloud, it will basically be usable in almost all Adobe apps and not the other ones, obviously. So make sure to stay connected to the Internet, stay connected to Adobe account, and also make sure that your subscription is still ongoing. So if you do have those and if you are already signed in, you'll be able to add it in your family, which is going to be Adobe Creative Cloud Family. And you'll be able to use it in almost all softwares, but one thing you have to do is just make sure or enable them if you already download it, but you cannot still find it. Okay, so this is basically how this interface will look like. And it can also go off to any of your web browser and search for Adobe.com or Adobe Fonts.com It will also appear up just the moment you search for it. Okay, let me just show it to you. I'm going to do, go over to my web browser again. Now from here I'm going to do a search for Adobe fonts. Don't enter, and you'll see Adobe fonts, or fonts.adobe.com appears up. Now, another thing is that this is a very versatile and flexible browser. From here, you'll be able to get templates. You'll be able to get plug ins for almost all Adobe accounts or almost all Adobe software. There is, okay. You'll be able to add funds for Photoshop, Illustrator, Vectors, videos, audios, templates, and almost all of them. So make sure to download the ones which you want and apply directly. Okay. So first thing you just have to keep in mind is that make sure that you have your subscription Internet connection and also the newest version always running. Okay, Now the next option or the next tool is called install motion graphics template. Now, as this is a video editing software, obviously there's going to be a lot of motion graphics related stuffs, okay? Now, from here, one thing or one functionality of Adobe Premier Pro is that you can take graphic templates and use them directly on your footage. Now, so that you get the full functionality of it, you have to download the software called motion graphics or install motion graphics template. Now first thing you're going to do is click on install Motion Graphics and you'll be able to select the file. Okay? You can also go off to any of your web browser and download it up to, and install it up. One thing is that you must have it on your device. If you do not have it installed, you have to download it up and install it. And then select the file directly from Adobe Premiere Pro so that you can work with it. Okay, so this is basically how it will work. Now let's go off the graphics and title. Okay, Now obviously in Adobe Software, you can already see, or you have already seen that it works with a lot of layers. Now, what are the advantage of using a layer? What happens is that, let's say you are working on this layer, right? And this is basically the default, or let's say this is the base. If you apply edits on it, all of the edits are being applied on the base okay, or the base video. But if you want to add in another layer, which is going to be right over, let's say the, the whole resource. And you're going to apply the edits on them so that when you apply those edits on them, it will be applied on the layer, not on the base video. So if you remove the layers, so basically what happens is that the edit also goes away with it. But what happens if you edit it without the layer, you have to remove the edit. Okay, so what. The advantage is that you can apply anything, and if you make a mistake, you can just remove the layer if you want to, And apply multiple layers, experiment on it and do a lot more. Okay, so that is why we use layers on Adobe software such as Illustrator, Photoshop, and Design. Then we have is also Premier Pro. Now if you want to apply one, just click on New Layer. And what type of layer do you want? There are a couple of layers. Okay? Different segments and different category of layers. Now one could be text layer, vertical text layer, rectangle layer, lips layer, polygon. And you can also add in a layer from your file by using another video or the same video. Now what they're going to do is use a rectangle layer, and you'll basically see that another layer has been applied. You can see over here, but this is a rectangle right now. Whatever edits you want to apply it on over here will be applied on the specific text. Now else I'm going to do is to remove the specific layer. How do I do that? Just click on the layer and you'll be able to remove it whenever you want. Okay, so this is basically how it works on, you know, layers. Now let's go off the graphics and titles again. And then we have is a line to Vi frame. Now how do you make it usable? So first things first I'm going to do is group them up. Control, this has been turned into a group. Now the first thing you're going to do is going to be add new layer. Go off to let's say text. There we go. We have a new text layer which you will be able to navigate and apply it wherever you want. And you can also keep it side by side and also keep it overlapped. It just basically works with you how you're going to work with it. You can see the text layer and you can also see how it works. Now what happens is that when you are using this, all salmon does take it over here, click on it. Or maybe click on this one graphics and titles. And then we have a select, you'll be able to select the graphic. Okay, now let's say I want to select the graphic over here. Let's say select next graphic. And you can see as there are no graphics applied or no graphic elements used in this lesson or used in this track, it cannot find it. But if you do have any graphic elements applied in your video, you'll be able to select it up. And you can also click on the previous one so that you can go back to the previous one. Now first I'm going to do is go off over here, new layer vertical text. There we go. We have another vertical right over here. We go off the graphics and titles, and then we have a line to video frame. Now where do you want it to be aligned? This is basically how it works. Now from here, you'll be able to align it on the left center, horizontal, right, top, center vertically. And also at the bottom, plus mg, you use every one of them left. This is left, the center horizontal, then this is right, you can see it over here. And the next one is called top. Let's go to the next one. Then we have a center vertical, and the last one over here is called the bottom. You'll be able to use whichever one you want, whichever seems fit for you. Okay, find out the one which you're going to use. And you can see that these are the new layers which are over here on the graphics. Now these are basically the graphics which you're going to do is select Next and select Previous. Go off over here, click on Select Next graphic, and you can see this is the next graphic. Okay, Now if you want to go back, obviously, click on Select Previous graphic, and you can see the previous graphic has been selected. So this is basically how you'll be able to work with graphics and titles. Now we have is aligned videos, frames as group. You have to apply in a new layer or let's say layer so that you'll be able to work with a new layer, let's say ellipse. There we go, we have it. I'm going to just keep it right over here. You can see it over here. I'm going to make or you will be able to apply or export that specific graphic to Now if you want to see that we have this specific part over here where we have it, I'm going to do is going to be selecting on this, there we go. Now I had this layer over here, right? But I want to take it over on this part. Now. How do you do that? First off, take that I'm going to do apply in this ellipse layer. Click on Graphics and Titles new layers. And then we have is this from file option. You can also apply any element madu, use this specific video. Now there is another video which I'm using. I can also apply directly over here, Mad, keep it right over here. Now I'm going to select this file. Click on Graphics and Titles, and you'll be able to select them up too. And the next one is called Align To Video Frames as Group. Now if you want to align all of them and make sure to align the video frames as a group, you'll be able to do that too. But what happens is that it groups it up together and you will not be able to make edits on it. You have to ungroup it up back again, so that you can work on them individually. The next option we have is Align to Selection. Now if you have any selected file, let's use the two ones. Click on this and then we have is Align to Selection. First off, you have to align that part up to the video where you want it to be selected. And you can align it up directly to the frames and timeline of that part, or let's say off that track. The next one is called distribution. If you want to apply a bit of distribution on your elements or your graphics which you want to work on. You can distribute them just the way you want to. Now you can apply it something like, let's say, how many elements are going to be there or how many graphics are going to be there in a specific timeline, in a specific track, you'll be able to distribute it. Then we have this range. If you want to arrange it up, take it at the bottom or at the front. You'll be able to do that. First off, let's on go back If we don't have our part where we put in our ellipso'ming, click on Graphics and titles New layer, use a rectangle. You can see it over here. There we go. Now from here you can see this is the element graphics, right? Someone do click on it. Right click I'm going to do is click on Graphics and Titles and you'll be able to arrange it. Someone do take it over here. We can see now this is not working, so I want it over the video, right. So going to do is right click on it and you have to take it back first, and then you will be able to take it at the top. First thing you can do is over here, select select the previous R. The next one I'm going to do. First off, go off to graphics again, select the previous graphics. You can see this is the previous graphics. Now from here D go off over here. Then I'm going to do is make a couple of them. Going to do is use the rectangle again. I'm going to just take it at the top Go we have its to just put another one. Click on Nertangle, the reg. Now if it doesn't appear, I'm going to make sure to select on this again. Graphics title, newtangle, another one over here. You can see it to apply in another one, graphics and titles to do layer rectangle. There we go. We have three of it, right? We have two of them. But I'm going to do is make sure that there are three. There we go. Three of them at the same time. Let's say two of them. Now if you want to select them, click on both of them. Select on these parts. You can also select on the other one. Now as they are selected, we can go over here. The first thing I'm going to do is going to be selecting this. Okay? As we've selected that, each and every one of them, you can see all of them selected. You can also select it directly, like this. There we go. And you can see that all of them are not on the same. How do you take them up on the same? You have to take it like this or something like this. Okay. What happens is that it overlays up to part. You can see this overlays to part, so is going to be deleting these parts. Let's try it with icons some. First off, click on graphic and titles. Click on Nuclear From File. Okay, from here we'll be selecting the click on open, you'll find it in our resource file. You can see this works. We have three of them all on the same panel. Some select the ones, and then go off to graphics and titles. Then we have R, D. Then we have this vertically. You can see this is already vertically distributed. Now let's see, I'm going to do is use space vertically. You can see the space is now quite the same. Now the next one I'm going to do is click on Distribute Horizontally. You can see this is now horizontal and the last one is going to be space horizontally, okay? So this is basically how it works. Now what happens is that I'm going to do is take it over here. Now I want to arrange it. I want to take it, or senate backward. When I click on backward, it has been taken down one step. Now I'm going to click on again, click on backward, and it will go beneath it. Okay? So now you know how you will be able to distribute it and also arrange it just the way you want to. So I'm going to do is just remove these parts as I'm not going to be needing that anymore. Okay. Now, just like I said or just like I did from the beginning, if you want to use something on the same layers, first off, remove these parts. I'm not going to be needing that well to use this rectangle. So to just put in a couple of rectangles at the same time line there, you'll be able to use them some to just click on them, select up all of it, all of them are on the same layer. Got the graphics and title. And you'll be able to distribute them all Sems use horizontally. Go over here, distributes space horizontally. Then over here is distributed vertically. There we go. Now I'm going to use the same thing. Distributes space vertically. There we go. Now it has been vertically spaced and selected all at the same time. Now you know how you will be able to use each and every one of those tools in this graphics and title. The next one is upgrade to source graphics and then upgrade caption to graphics. Reset all parameters. Reset duration. I'm going to press on control Z now. Now, I'm going to just click on over here. Now as the graphics now are the source, okay, we made them. This is not basically the source graphic, this is basically the base. And created from scratch, you will not be able to upgrade it to a source graphic. Okay, You have to just keep at the base. But if you want to upgrade it, make sure that you're connected to the Internet, So that you can upgrade it up directly from source, directly from the functionality of Adobe Premier Pro. The next one is upgrade caption, the graphics. Now if there are caption files which you applied in your video, in your footage, and you want to upgrade it to graphics, you'll be able to do that too. So as I do not have any caption right now. Now if you want to apply edits on your captions. So in this lesson I'm also going to be showing you how you'll be able to transcribe a text or transcribe a video. So the first thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this. Let's say I'm going to go off to Graphics and Titles. But before that, let's go off to Windows. Click on Workspace, and from here you'll find out captions and graphics. Okay? Click on that. And you can see that this is the panel where you will be working on. Okay, Now from here, the first thing you're going to do is going to be first off, applying the video which you want to or transcribe the sequence. Now, how do you do that? First off, go off the transcript. You can see it over here. And this is basically working on transcription on the specific video which you are working on. And that video does not have any text. Some to do is going to be removing that. Okay. I'm going to do is remove this. Now you can see transcribed source clips. Okay. You can see this over here. Now the first thing I'm going to do is going to be removing these parts. All I'm going to do is remove all of these videos because I'm not going to be needing that. Okay. Now the first thing I'm going to do is go off to transcribe or captions, and from here I'm going to do is add in the video. So first thing I'm going to do is go off to import. Now as I have this video overs here with my, let's say an audio, first thing I'm going to do is going to be transcribe it. You can see create caption from transcript. So I'm going to do is, just like I said, go off the Windows, go off the workspace, and then find out captions and graphics. Click on that. On that panel, you will have this caption and transcript option. Now go off the transcript and you can see that it is being loaded. Now you have to wait a bit and let it transcribe video so that you get your text out of it. Now, another option is that you have this transcribed option, okay? Now, when you do not have the source file, there is this button over here which you will find out which says transcribed sequence. So when you have transcribed sequence, click on it and it will take up all of that. You know, all of the text in your video identify which part it is and it will make up a subtitle layer over here on your timeline panel. So I'm going to do, first off, increase the size so that I can see how big it is. You can see this is let's say 30 seconds. I'm going to do is remove a couple of parts to ma do is going to be removing a bit of its part. I'm going to do is use the razor tool, go off the Windows workspace, all panels. And let's remove a bit more part from over here. Click on this Lesa, maybe somewhere around over here. I'm going to do is take this part out again. And I'm going to do is going to be removing this transcript over here. To remove that part. To do, select this, hit on delete. And I'm going to do is going to be let it transcribe on its own. Now obviously if it is shorter, it will take a lot less time. And you can see the bar over here after it processes up the whole thing, you'll basically see that it will create up, let's say a subtitle or a caption on its own. And after that we have our caption layer. Then we will be able to use this upgrade caption to graphics so that you'll be able to add an animation on each and everyone as this is being transcribed or this is used on transcription. We're going to do is weights. And let's go off the next tools which we have over here. The next tools which we have are export as motion graphics. If you want to export the video as a motion graphic, then you'll be able to do that too. And the last one we have over here is replace fonts in project. Now you will basically find out different type of funds being used in projects. But as I do not have any funds, you are not able to change it. But as we have our transcription ready or transcribe ready, we'll be able to use it just the way we want to. You can also create captions from transcript. It's also up to you. And you can also apply a new caption track. And you can also import caption from file if you want to. So everything is going to be up to you how you can wait, and how you want it to process. And after the process has been done, you'll be able to use whichever part you want to use and use whichever transcription you want to use. On my screen, you can see that it is being transcribed. Now one thing is that you can also apply directly. Let me just close this off. Let's go to graphics. Now you can see when you are transcribing anything, the transcription files or the captions are over here. Now, first you're going to do is click on these captions. Take it directly over here. I'm going to do is use this. Okay? Let me do, take one of it directly applied over here. You can see that this is the caption file. Let me just put a couple of them. You can see when I put all of these caption files over here, it will be used. You can see coming up next. And this is what each of them says, okay? So this is how it works. Now one thing is that you can also select them or select these caption files and use it for a later purpose. But another one of it is that you can go off the graphics and motion and you can upgrade the source to graphics. Let's say press on. Yes. And you can see now this, each and every one of these texts or this caption has turned into a graphic. Okay? And you can also turn the graphic, or turn the text into, let's say, an animation. You can also do that. You can see captions, so you just have to wait until your transcription is ready. Now, there are a couple of ways of how you'll be able to do it now. One thing is that in the newest, you know, version of Adobe Premiere Pro, you start transcribing on its own, but you'll be able to transcribe from sequence, then also create caption, and also you will be able to generate a static transcript. It's also up to you, so make sure to select the ones and after it is done, we can select up the file. And then you will, can turn any caption into graphics. And you can also replace the fonts and project, just like I said, you can replace the fonts which you're using and also change it up to something else. So hope you understood everything about this lesson. And if you have any question or if you have any confusion, then feel free to ask me anything and I will guide you and help you through the whole process. Let's move on to our next lesson, where we are going to learn about the View ribbon and what commands it has to offer to us without any further ado. Let's just hope to see you in my next lesson. 9. View menu and functions: Welcome to our new lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the View Ribbon and Adobe Premiere Pro. Now the first thing we're going to do is going to open up Adobe Premiere Pro on our device. Through my screen, you can see that I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro 2024. Now the first thing I'm going to do is going to be opening up the project which I was working on. Now for that, I'm going to go off to my resource file, which is going to be on next top. And then I'm going to do is open it up. You can see that I have my resource file right over here. I'm going to do is click on this file and click on Create. Just like the same way, okay? And you can see when I click on this, you can see click and click on Create. You can see a project name cannot contain any of the following characters of this, okay? So we will not be able to apply anything which has an apostrophe or any signs. So let's say for this one I'm going to be using this only video and then I'm going to apply the exact, Let's video for editing now. We can also go off directly to editing and start editing our own file. Now as we are off on our edit section of edit panel. Now the first thing we're going to do is go off the import again. And then let's open it up directly from over here instead of opening up. So I'm going to go off to Import. And there we go, we have our video which I've been using in my previous lessons too. Okay, now we are going to learn all about this view ribbon. Okay, so in our view ribbon, there are going to be a couple of specific things which you have to know before getting into the lesson. Now about the view ribbon. It's going to be all based on how your workspace looks like, what type of resolution you are using, the quality, the modes, the magnification, and a lot more. Which is going to help you through the whole process of getting, you know, a professional level result. Now, in our previous lesson, we've covered up all of the parts of graphics and titles, right? And we've also shown you how you can get, you know, captions. So the first thing we're going to be doing is going to be removing this essential graphics. And let's go off the Windows first. Go off the workspace and click on all panels. Okay, so make sure to click on all panels. And then we will have our workspace totally ready for this workspace or for this lesson. Now the thing what I'm going to be doing is going off to view. Now the first option, or the first tool which appears up is playback resolution. Now obviously, the playback resolution plays a very vital role. Now the playback is basically the preview of whatever you are editing on your file or on your workspace and Adobe Premiere Pro. Now there are a couple of things, which could be one, a two, or one by 21 by 41 by eight, or one by 16. And there is also this section or this tool called full. Now when you click on Full over here, you will basically see the resolution or the viewing mode will be full, okay? Now if you use, let's go off the view. Click on Play back and we'll use half. Only half of it is being used now. Now we can also get a one by four, which is going to be a quarter part of it, Okay, only the quarter part is going to be played and the quarter part is going to be used so that we can edit it. Now we can also use different ones such as 118 or one by eight, or one by 16. But first off, you have to click on one by two, go off to View again, go over here, and then you'll be able to use one by eight. And even though if it's still not working, go off to full. And then you'll be able to use your workspace just the way you want to. Adobe Premiere Pro. Okay, there's also one by 16. Before that, you're going to need a longer video or footage for your work or for your project. Now, the next option, which we have over here, is called the paused resolution. Now, what type of resolution do you want on your paused footage? Now you can see that it has given me the full footage of the preview right over here. Now if I click on this one, go off the view, I'll assemble to click on this one view. Now I want half of it. You will basically see that it will reduce even a bit. Okay? It will reduce even for a bit. Okay, I'm going to go off the view again. Let's send a click on this view past quality one by four, and now the resolution is now getting a lot less. So that you get, you know, higher performance but less quality. So it's going to put up less pressure on your GPU and also CPU. Okay? So make sure to use the ones which you want. And obviously you can also use a four or, you know, half because it gives you off, you know, a very basic and a decent type of resolution cut and gives you off a very good quality of whatever preview you want. But I would suggest you not to use one by eight or one by 16. It will reduce the quality so much that it would be very hard for you later on when you are exporting and seeing how it works. Okay? Because later on it might take, you know, higher CPU process. And if we already put in our CPU processes, if you are running something like that, you'll basically see that when you are using half of the resolution instead of full. And you'll lessen it up. Over and over again, you will basically see the CPU process of Adobe Premiere Pro is going to be very less according to the one or comparatively to the one you are using the full resolution on all cases, so make sure to use the ones according to your need. And one thing about this view ribbon is that you have to select on the sequence panel so that you can work with all the tools there is on the view ribbon, Okay? And if you click on any other panels, you basically see that all of them are basically graded out. But when you click on the sequence panel or the composition panel, you'll basically see that it will not be graded out. And you will be able to use it just the way you want to. Now, the next tool which we have over here, an Adobe Premiere Pro, is high quality playback. Now you can see that sometimes even when you're using the full resolution and the full cut of it, okay, and the full resolution so that it doesn't break apart or it doesn't reduce any bit. But sometimes when you export it, it gets, you know, kind of really low. And it also works in cases of, let's say you are working on higher or let's say a bigger monitor or a bigger screen. And sometimes even when you use the full pause resolution or playback resolution to keep it the high or keep the full of it, sometimes it breaks apart because of the pick cells because it's a lot more dense there. So what happens is that if you want it to be smooth on all cases, one thing you have to do is go off the high quality, make sure to click on high quality playback. And then you will get high quality playback on almost all resolutions, All pick cells, and all displays. You can fiddle through each and every one of those tools just the way you want to. Now as we are done with the section of playbacks and the quality of the playbacks, next one is going to be the display mode. Now if you've used Adobe software, you can see that you can extend up your workspace, You minimize it too, and also use it in different workspaces, in different previews. Now in Adobe Premiere Pro, it also has that feature and that functionality. Now the first option which we use most of the time when we have all the panels on or turned on, it's always on composite mode. So it gives you off a small piece of it so that you can see the other tools which are inside of it, and you'll be able to use it just the way you want to. So this is basically the composite mode. You can see 1234 and 5.66 sections, or seven sections or seven panels opened up at the same time. It basically helps you to, you know, get your hands on the tools from wherever you want. And also it becomes very, you know, beginner friendly when you have all the panels on. And if you do not have the panels on, sometimes it gets a bit complex to find it and then use it. So for that purpose, it has this composite view so that you can see what you're editing, how it looks like, and also get tools whichever one you want, whenever you want, okay. But if you want a better view or a different type of view, just go off the view again. And then from here you can select on alpha. You can see this is the alpha type of preview. You can basically see nothing because the alpha ray is going to be a lot more and it's going to be a lot brighter. Then you have to fix it up by using edits like let's say saturation, fixing the contrast, the brightness, and each and every one of them, the clarity. You have to do that if you are using alpha. Now if you want to change it to something else, let's say multicamera. You can also extend it up even though if you do use this multicamera, you'll basically see that the panel is basically quite the same, but it has two views in it, so if you're using a bigger monitor, it sometimes helps you a lot more to detect up more stuff in your video or your footage. Okay. Even elements or graphics which you're using on the layers. Okay, so you'll be able to use that too. Now let's go off the views again, and the next one we have is comparison view. Now let's say this is going to be a bit different from the one which you've seen in our previous ones. Okay, so what this comparison view is that, okay, you have to work with layers for this, okay, There's going to be multiple layers. One default which is going to be one base and one edited. So it will give you the result of the edited one and it will help you to compare it with the base or the default one. So make sure to use it when you are comparing your videos or comparing the edits so that you can see the result or see the change. So this is basically how it works. So this is going to be, let's say our edited one, and this is going to be the base one. And the base one, you can see the current, okay, or let's say the reference, okay? You can see the reference and current, you can change it up if you want to. So the reference is basically the base. And the current is basically what we're doing it on right now. You can see this is how it looks like. And you'll also be able to change frames just the way you want to on the reference video. So one thing is that most of the professional video editors use this option so that they can see how it looks like and compares. In a couple of other video editing software, it is not available or functionality is not available. It sometimes becomes a hassle or sometimes becomes confusing of how it actually looks like. So for that purpose, Adobe Premier Pro has this feature so that you can see what changes you're making and how difference does it make, okay? And you'll also be able to put in markers from whichever part you want so that you can use that specific part and use that specific part to compare it up. Okay, so make sure to use it too. Now the next one which we have over here, let's go after this panel again. Go off to view display mode, and then we have this audio waveform. Now, as I do not have any audio over here, which I can use, but obviously in my resource file I have a bit of audio extracted. But if you want a view where you can see the audio waveform to so that you can see the waves of it and see the sequence. See the herds of each and every one. Then select on audio waveform and you'll be able to see how it works. You will be able to customize it and edit it just the way you want to. Now let's turn it back to composite video so that I can show you more tools on the View ribbon. And the next one is called magnification. Well, this is very basic and this is a part of navigation in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now first off, let's show you how you'll be able to zoom in and out. Now in our previous lessons, I've shown you how you'll be able to use the zoom in and out. It is going to be equal. And you know, let's say you can see when I press on equal, it is now zooming in or zooming out. And when you press on the minus, or let's say the dash or the hyphen, you'll be able to, you know, increase or decrease it. Okay? And it works in case of all of it. Let's do increase, decrease, do the same thing. Increase, decrease. Now you will also have the slider over here to increase and decrease. You'll also be able to do that over here by clicking on this, Clicking on this, like this, okay? But it doesn't work in case of this. But you can do it over here, okay? Increase or decrease just the way you want to. It helps in cases of longer videos and longer video edits, which you are doing. So you can see the whole thing at once, okay. It can fit even up to hours of content, hours of videos. And you'll be able to customize it. It works in cases of tracks too. In video tracks and also in, let's say audio tracks. You can do it over here, you have to take it, zoom in, you can see the video over here. And you can also do the same thing with the audio. You can see left and right being played or how it is being played. Okay? You'll be able to customize it right over here. Okay? And you can basically do it in almost all panels. Also on this graphics, you will be able to zoom in and out. You can see the slider over here. And one thing is that if you do not want to do any of them, but I would suggest you do magnify or navigate through these options. Or use this equal and oblique, or let's say not oblique hyphen, okay, on your keyboard. But you can also select up your resolution or select up the magnification. By clicking on this, I will suggest you to use Fit or keep it up to 100 or not take it higher because it just takes up a lot of space. Now lets say'm going to do is 75. You can see the 75 over here. You can go off to view again. Now go off to magnification 100. There we go. Okay. This basically, you know, zooms in or zooms out on the sequence. You can also hit on Alt and you'll be able to zoom in and out. Okay, just hold onto Alt and you'll be able to zoom in and out just the way you want to. Okay, Now go off the windows again. And then what I'm going to do is going to be clicking on Fit, so that I can see the whole thing at once. And I'm going to do is also out so that I can see the track over here and looks a lot more better. So I'm going to go off the view again. Now. First off click on the sequence panel where you're going to have your composition or your footage go off the view. The next one is called the Show Rulers. Now obviously you know the work of Rulers. If you want to line up, you know, objects, run your footage or your videos, just click on Show Rulers, and the Rulers will appear over here. Now how do you work with it? Let's show you a bit with how you'll be able to use it with graphics. Now first thing I'm going to do is make up a margin. I can do that. First thing you're going to do is take it to this part and drag your margin or some to put it over here. I'm going to just put another margin right over here. I'm going to do the same thing over here from the left side. There we go. And there we go. Now we have a margin. And also have the area where we can put in our data or put in our elements. So I'm going to just click on Rectangle. You just put it inside of it. Select on this move tool and you'll be able to put it up just the way you want to inside of the margin. Now the margin basically works in most cases of let's say texts and all of those. You can put in the text inside of that margin and use it so that you'll be able to customize it and also align it just the way you want to. If you're done using these rulers, just hold onto these lines, drag them out. There we go. Now you can see the rulers are out of this workspace. Now you can also remove them by clicking on Show Rulers again. And they will be removed. But one thing is that the video, or let's say the footage which you have turned on on your sequence panel will be a bit congested. Not too much, but just a bit, and you will be able to work. So don't worry about it. Now, let's go off the view again and the next one is called show guides. Now you cannot see guides most of the time, but the guides basically help you to snap objects on specific elements. Now when you are using guide, you'll be able to see that in some pig cells you will be able to move them. You'll be able to snap it up directly to grid, but if you do not have it on, you will be able to use it in a free form. Okay, so make sure to use this show guides even if you don't want show rulers. Okay, so there are going to be a couple of guides which you'll be able to use. Then we have is lock the guide. You can also lock the guide up so that you know, you have it. Okay? You have, you know, info, you have basically everything. Okay? You'll be able to lock the guide to. Now, the next one we have is add the guide. Now you can see an Ad guide. This is the type of interface which opens up. Now what is the position of that guide? You will be able to fix that. You want it on the left or the right of your panel. Then we have is what type of unit do you want? Percent or pig cells. You'll be able to select that. Select the one that you desire. Then select the color. You can see nomad is put on purple, somewhere around over here. Press on, okay. And you can also use hex codes and also RGB codes. If you want to put in your hex code over here and you can change up your RGB from over here. Okay, Select the one which you want. And after you're done, just click on. Okay. And you can also use web colors if you want to. I would not suggest you to use web color only using cases of if you're making something directly for the web so that it becomes totally, let's say, accurate with the web. Okay, after you're done, just fix in the orientation, vertical or horizontal. Now I have vertical on. You can also put in non horizontal and press on. Okay, now, there we go. We have the guide right over here. And we can use it whenever we want. It works just like rulers and margins, But you will be able to fix it up just the way you want to. Okay, And you can also remove the guide if you want to, just go off the view and you can see this option called Clear Guides. You can clear the guides and there we go. It has been removed, so it just basically helps you to find them out or let's say put elements and align them according to a line. So it is sometimes very helpful. Okay, so fiddle through these tools and you'll basically find out how these work. And the next one is called Snap in Program Monitor. Now when you are using this Snap into program Monitor, it's because of, you know, there are also a couple of editors who use multiple monitors at the same time. So what happens is that in the monitor where it is all being processed, okay, it is being programmed. It will snap it onto that monitor and also snap it on into such a way so that you will get a perfect view and it will work a lot more smoother. So it just basically makes you work a lot more smoother. And also snaps it off to grid so that you will be able to align it. And also it will align it itself first. Okay? And then you will be able to change it just the way you want to. And the last option which we have over here is called guide templates. Now there are also three of these tools over here. Safe margins, Safe guides as templates, and also managed guides. First option is called the safe margins. Now you can see when you click on safe margins already a margin will appear up on your screen without even making them on your own. And you'll be able to put in the data or put in whatever layers and whatever content you want in that specific area. It just looks a lot more smoother because if you've used a couple of software like Powerpoint Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop, you can see that margins play a very vital role. And the Pin points, or let's say the sections and the points where you put in your elements also play a vital role in making your work, our project, look a lot more cleaner. So that is why you will be able to use the safe margins so that you can put your data or put your elements in such a position so that it basically looks a lot more better, okay? And it just helps you to align them up. Now the next one we have over here is safe guides as templates. Now if you want to use an exact guide, okay, and you want to save it as a preset or a template so that you can use it for later purpose too. You'll be able to do that. First off naming the template lasmajuus type and GG hit on, Okay. And that specific guide will be saved as a template on your device. Now the next one which you have over here is called, let's say, the Managed Guides and also Safe guides, a template. So we already showed you how you'll be able to use that. And then you can go off managed guides and you can use the one which you saved. And you can see we have our safe margins. And also the GG, something to do is press on, okay. And that template, or that guide will be applied on your panel or on your video as a template. So this is basically how it works in Adobe Premiere Pro. And these are basically the tools which you will find out in the view ribbon of Adobe Premiere Pro. So hope you understood everything about this lesson. And now let's move on to our next lesson where we're going to learn all about the window ribbon in Adobe Premiere Pro and how these tools basically work. And how we can use the shortcut keys to also open them up. So I hope to see you guys in my next lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro essential. 10. Windows ribbon part 1: Welcome to our new lesson of Adobe Premiere Pro. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the Windows Ribbon. In our previous lesson, we already covered up all about the View Ribbon and what tools there are and also commands. And also the shortcut keys for each and every one of them. Without any further ado, Let's just hop onto the lesson by opening up Adobe Premiere Pro on our device. And let's get into the lesson. I have opened up Adobe Premier Pro, but the first thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on Back this time, because I already have my resource file. What I'm going to be doing is importing the resource, or the video, or even a photo, or even an audio, which I need some going to do is click on this video. I'm going to do is click on Import. And now you can see that this video has been imported from my previous lesson. I've used in the guides as a template. Some going to do is click on View. First off click on over here view. And then I'm going to do is clear the guides. I have removed the guides. Now all the things which we're going to learn in this lesson today is going to be based on the window. Now from the beginning that I've shown you that if you are new to Adobe Premiere Pro, which panel or which work space you're going to use, Let's get onto the work spaces because that is the first tool or the first command in Windows panel in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now when we hit on work spaces, I'm going to show you each and every one of them of how they actually work and how you can also reset them, save them, and also edit the workspace. The first one is called All Panels. Now in the all panels there are ribbons, this text or other type of audio settings or audio panels. Then we have is the sequence panel. Then we have the info panel. You can see info, essential sources in all of the settings and different panels which you can extend up and also reduce the size according to your need. Then we have is the side where the audio is playing are. This is also known as the sound panel. This is the timeline panel. This is the tool panel and this is the project panel. You can see when I've clicked on it, it showed me the lumina. You can see the luminosity track or the luminosity of the specific video of how the waves are working or how the waves of light are working. It is composed in three colors, red, green, and blue. But as they mix up, they make up more colors. That is how it is composed of. When you go over here, you can see that it is moving. The light or the wave of light is also moving. At the same time, you will be able to track them however you want. Okay, so this is basically the all panel section of Adobe Premiere Pro. Now in our next one, we have Assembly. Now what is it used for? Now, if you want to assemble all of your projects all at once, you can see the project panel now has extended up so that it takes up more space. And you can put up whatever type of project you want. You can reduce the size so that you can put in more and more project and more and more footage, and also resources according to your need. So this is basically the assembly project, or let's say the assembly workspace. Now the next workspace is going to be audio, and it's all going to be based on audio. You can see we have this audio section. We have this presets which we can use on essential sounds, and then we also have audio clip mixer, which we'll be able to use to fix up whatever sound there is which has to be fixed. And you can see the project panel is now a lot shorter, but over here we can see that we still have our sequence panel. Okay, so that you can see the video and also work on the audio at the same time keeping the time stamps on. Now the next workspace which we're going to show you is going to be captions and graphics. If you've seen my previous videos of graphics and titles, you already know how this workspace works. And this is a bit different. Okay, here we have in this section, transcript, caption, and graphics. These three compose of the graphics which you're going to put in your video captions so that you can put in the captions or edit up the captions graphics so that you can put in any elements and all of them will appear over here. And transcript is for transcribing the caption or transcribing the subtitle of that specific file or specific, you know, let's say footage, whichever you want to use or extract it from. Now it works in a specific way. If you've seen my previous lesson, you already know one way is auto. There is also going to be a different one which is going to be from transcript. And the other one which we see over here is called from sequence. You can transcribe from any type of footage you want to use. Now, one thing I'm going to do is show you that this is going to be the transcript which always works on, you know, Let's say. Automatically. And you can see it though from over here. This basically is transcript or generate static transcript only. It works on sources not on sequence. Now if you want it from sequence, what you have to do is click on this transcribed from sequence. Whatever you edit over here, you can transcribe it from that part instead of using the source. But if you want to, let's say make it from transcript or create caption from transcript, you can also do that. It takes up a bit of time, but make sure that your video is going to have the audio or going to have that specific language which you need to use. Obviously, when you are transcribing from transcript, it's going to take up a bit more time than working on with the sequence. So make sure you use the one which you need. Next one on the next workspace. We're going to show you about the color workspace. So now you can see that we have a lot more tools right over here. Now this is basically the mid tones shadows and also about the highlights. So you'll be able to fix out the luminosity or the LUT, which is known as LUT. Okay? And this is also known as M, S, H, or SMH. Okay? You'll basically find it in different names, in different, let's say different softwares work space. What it does is basically fixes up the part in, let's say the middle part, or let's say the parts where are mostly visible. The shadows are going to be fixing up the dark parts. You can see the luminosity is changing. You can see the dark parts are now getting dark. You can see it over here. This works. I can also select the color from over here. Say I want to use a bit of pink on it. You'll be able to do that too. Increase or decrease the shadow a bit more then on midtones, I can do the same. You'll basically see that this works mainly on the parts which is mostly visible or the midtones, which is in between the shadows and the highlights. Shadow mainly depends or shadow mainly works on the darker part of your video or any of your elements. And the highlights basically work on the white parts. So you can also fix in the white parts, You can see the white part is now increasing or the white intensity is now increasing. I can also decrease it and I can also put in what color tint I want to use. Now, if I play it up, you can see that this is how it will look like. You can see it has changed whole. But one thing is that it is stuttering a bit. It's stuttering a bit, it's because it has been edited right now. It takes a bit of time to process it up and also apply it so that it can be rendered full and make it very smooth. So I'm going to just let it play the whole thing. And then I'm going to show you the next work space of a premier, where you will be able to work with different type of videos. And from over here, you can also in face detection, if you have any element, subject, or any human inside of your video. You'll be able to fix in the face or detect the face first and work on it later on. Now let's go back and let's play it up. And you'll basically see that this is still stuttering because the waves are now totally different. Now in our previous file, we can see that it was very static, right? It was very smooth as what we can do is fix in the FPS and then now we can also use this comparison view. I'm going to do is click on Play over here. And that is basically a comparison. Okay, You'll be able to compare it up just the way you want to. First off, you have to make a layer and then you'll be able to check the difference on different ones. Okay. Now the next one which we have over here is called the apply match. You can also apply the match and you can see that we have our default self. Okay. The default whatever edit we did has now been reverted back. The next one is called the HSL. This is also basically the same highlights, shadows, and luminosity you'll be able to fix in the temperature, tint, contrast, and even sharpen up your videos. First off, let's just say I'm not going to be needing this type of work space I'm going to use. First off, go off the view and then I'm going to select on this View Display Mode Composer Video that I'm going to do is going to be fixing this up. Okay, let's say on temperature, I'm going to increase it a bit more so that it looks warmer on the tint. I'm going to change it a bit more on the contrast. I'm going to use increase it, sharpen it up just a bit, and saturate less. Okay, You can also put it like this now. You can also change the color if you want to. Now, one thing is that you have to change it up yourself. This is going to be the intensity, okay? You can lessen it up and also increase it up if it's all up to you. And you can also put in what color of tint you want to use and then you'll be able to use the one. Then we also have vignette, which is going to be the corner shadows. You'll be able to use it. The amount you can see, this is how it looks like. You can also fix the midpoint. You can also fix the roundness. Fix the feathers. It's all up to you. Make sure to fix it up just the way you want to. And you also have this basic connection you'll be able to fix quite the same thing. And we also have a separate section where you can work with the colors and also the lights of that specific video. I'll say one bit of higher contrast, higher highlights, lesser shadow, or maybe higher shadow, a bit less whites and also higher blacks. Now it's play it up, it will take a bit of time to render it up, but now it looks a lot more retro. You can see the wave form has now changed from how it was to this. And you can see still this blue part or green part is higher than this one. And you can see as the video is blue, the blue is more and the red part is less because I put in a bit of pink tint on it. Okay, so this is basically how this color workspace works for you in Adobe Premier Pro. Now let's go to the next workspace, which is going to be the editing. Now if you want to do all editing on it, you will basically see this is how it works. Now this is the editing panel or the editing scale or editing section on here you will be able to apply effects, fix the position, scale it up, fix the anchor point, rotate it, anti flickering. And all of those. Last thing I want to do is fix in the position. You'll be able to fix the position he'll be able to fix in this. Okay, from top to bottom, you'll be able to fix in the scales up to you. Then we also have scale width, uniform scale. You will be able to change it to. Then we have rotation. You can also rotate up your videos now. Then what we're going to do is going to be used, the anchor point. You'll basically see that anchor point which is going to be always in the middle. You can also fix it up from vertical and horizontal at the same time. And then the next one is called anti flickering filter. What happens when you use this anti flickering filter is that when you take a photo with your phone on your screen, it will see or detect if it is flickering or not. If you maximize it, which is one most of the time, then it will not flicker. But if you do not use it, it might flicker a bit. It depends on your panel or your device panel first, and then depends on the video. So make sure you use it so that you can make your videos a lot more smoother. Then we have is the opacity of whatever element you want to put in your video. Then we have is blending modes. You'll be able to use whatever you want. Then we have is the time remapping Lumina. Try color. Then we have a different ones of the same thing, which we've used in a previous lesson. And the last one is audio, which is volume. You can bypass it up and also fix the levels by increasing or decreasing the levels of DB, okay? And you can also fix the channel volume if you want to, and apply effects on it. So let's say you, let's say less audio or maybe voice gain or maybe noise. You'll be able to apply them from this section, okay? I'm not going to go through every one of them. Or let's say I'm not going to make it a lot more complex because the rest of these tools, you just basically have to fiddle through each and every one of them and see how it works. But I'm going to show you each and every one of them how it works. Okay? Or where you'll be able to find it on the panel. You will be able to see, you'll be able to fix the balance of it. Now, how does this panel work? Basically, this is a type of audio effect which you can apply on your video. Before getting into it, we have to understand what the audio panning is, in simple terms, audio panning. And Premier Pro allows you to control the distribution of sound across the left and right channel of your audio track. So now you know that instead of fixing the left and right of the audio, you can also fix in the balance by clicking on this panner effect, okay? So that you get this immersive sound. If it is playing on the right side, it should play on the right side, and you have to balance it up. If it plays on the left side, it should play on the left side of whichever output you're using. So make sure to fix this up if you want a better immersive type of effect or immersive type of audio on your videos. So this is basically the Edit ribbon and from here you'll be able to use the captions. You'll be able to use this edit option, which you'll be able to edit the captions over here and take it directly on this panel or directly on the sequence panel. Okay, now the next one or the next workspace which I'm going to be using is going to be effects. Now in this effects option, there's going to be a lot of effects which you can use. Now, there are different types of effects which are also known as presets. So these presets or effects can come up in different categories. There are text effects, audio effects, lumetri effects, presets. Then we have video effects and video transitions. Now you can also upload up the transitions. You have to keep them downloaded on your device and use it, okay? And you'll be able to fix up all of them from the effect control too, so both of them are basically connected. So make sure to use it however you want to, make sure to fiddle through them. I'll just show you a couple of it. Let's say I want to use a bit of Metro Preset. Now I want a bit cinematic. So let's, I'm going to select any one of it I'm going to do is drag it over here and you can see the effect has been applied. And you can see on this side there will be an effect type of option if we go off back to, you know, let's say I'm going to do this for stop zooming and you can see that there is this option called effects which has appeared up. This mainly shows us that a bit of effect has been applied. Now if I want to change it up, smog, take this over here. I'm going to do apply this specific effect right on this. And I can apply multiple effects on it. You can see this is how it will look like. I can use monochrome smog. Use this, just drag it onto your track, which you have. Let's say I want a bit of camera, let's say Canon five G. I'm going to just put it right over here. So this is basically how it works with effects and you can fix in the rotation, anchor points and everything through this edit section. Okay, so now you understand how this workspace works, Okay, now the next workspace which you're going to show you is going to be essentials. Well, most of the essential part of Adobe Premier Pro is going to appear over here. So one thing is that there we have no sequence, so I'm going to put this sequence first. And then we have our sequence. And then we have, is this left and right, or where it sounds up? So in this method, you can basically be able to edit up very easily and this is basically very beginner friendly. Okay, this is also beginner friendly, but if you want more tools and see where it is, and you can also do, or you want to do more intermediate type of video edits, then I would suggest you to use all panels all the time. Now let's go off the workspace again. The next one is called Learning. In this learning section, it mostly works on the panel, or let's say the time line panel. It helps you to find out certain parts by extending up the timeline panel on your working project. Now, if you have a, let's say a very big monitor or you have multiple monitors at the same time, then I would suggest you to increase the size of this, increase the sizes of the panels so that you will be able to work on them individually, with comfort, and also ease. The next workspace which I'm going to show you is going to be libraries. Now it's going to depend on the libraries. Now, what does the library contain? It contains up, let's say extensions. It contains up elements directly from the source of Adobe. Okay, so you'll be able to find it over here. And you can also create a new library and put in elements, put in presets, put in effects, everything over there. And you'll be able to just find them up. It basically helps you to organize your data and also save up your preset timeline, videos and also footages. Okay. Now I'm going to do is go off the windows again and go off the workspace. The next one is metallogging. What is basically the metal logging? In the beginning of this lesson I've shown you, I've told you how the meta data works. Basically all of the details of a specific footage or details of the specific video is going to appear up on this meta data. Okay? There's going to be location, what type of flight is being used, what is a name, Which camera and everything, okay? Every details you have to know or every details you need to know about that specific video is going to depend on this metadata over here, which you will find out in this workspace, okay? You'll be able to change the frame rate, media, start media, end media duration, video end point, the size, and everything, okay? Even though your labels. And the next one is called the production. Well, this is one of the most used one in production cases. But also most of them use just, you know, this all panel. What happens is that it is basically no different than your all panel or video editing panel, okay? This just basically makes you up this production place where you'll be able to fit up all of your product or let's say produced videos and see them at the same time. And most of them are going to be projects. Okay, so all the projects you'll be able to view through this section. So for that reason you have to open up this workspace, or it can open up just the exact panel which you need. Now let's go off to the next one, which we have over here in workspaces called Review. Now if you want to review up that part and see how it actually looks like, then you have to use this review panel. Now for this review panel or review workspace, it gives you off a panel where you'll be able to review it up in frame, which is also an extension of Adobe Premiere Pro. Now this helps you to see how the other person or how your audience is going to see the video which you're making. So you'll be able to use that, but for that you have to stay connected to Adobe ID and you'll be able to review that video. Let's go off to the next workspace. And our next workspace is going to be text based. So as it is text based, it is all based on captions and also which is basically the same of graphics and titles. So let's go off to the next one, which is vertical, okay? Now on the vertical, it is basically quite the same off all panels, but all of them is now vertical, okay? But you will also have the effect control over there, which you will be already on. The next one, which we have over here is called the reset to save the layout. Now you will be able to customize your panel suit. Let's say from here I don't want this frame dot, I'm going to right click on it. And you'll be able to close the panel. And you can also lock the panel if you want to. Now let's say I'm not going to need this library panel. I'm going to close the panel from here. I'm not going to need essential graphics. I'm going to close the panel now whatever customization I did on my workspace, I can also save it up so that I can use it for later purpose, because that is what I feel most comfortable about. Okay, so you'll be able to go off the Windows, go off the workspace, and you can reset it up. And you can also save as a new workspace. Let's save it up. Let's say this is going to be my regular hit on Enter, and this is going to be the workspace. Let's click on Window Workspace, All Panels. Now what I'm going to be doing is going to be clicking on Windows Work Space. And then I'm going to do is going to be using my regular. You can see Regulars over here. Click on Regular and it will revert it back to how it was when you saved it up. So this is basically how this workspaces work in Adobe Premiere Pro. Then we also have Saves new workspace, edit the workspace, and also import workspace from projects. So hope you understood everything about the workspaces in Adobe Premiere Pro. So in our next part of this, Windows or Windows Ribbon, we're going to show you all about the panels and extensions of Adobe Premiere Pro. So without any further ado, let's just hop onto our next lesson where we're going to know about the extensions. 11. Windows ribbon part 2: Welcome to our part two of Window Ribbon. In this lesson, we're going to learn about extensions and about the different panels of Adobe Premiere Pro. In our previous lesson, I've already shown you how you'll be able to use the workspace in this part. Let's just get into it and let's see what it has to offer to us. As I'm already on Adobe Premiere Pro, I'm going to do is make sure to use the same type of interface. And also this is still back onto the new panel, or let's say all panel. When we went through the work spaces, we almost covered up almost all panels. But here it works a bit different. First off, we have to go through extensions off the windows and then go off extensions. Now we have auto cut. Now auto Cut is a specific type of software or a specific type of extension, which is going to be a bit different, but it basically increases the functionality of Adobe Premiere Pro. So if you are using the newest version of Adobe Premiere Pro, you will basically, you know, find out the newest version of Auto Cut two. But first off, you have to make sure that you are connected to the Internet and also you are connected to Adobe Premiere Pro. But one thing is that when you are using Auto Cut, it will also take up an external type of subscription for auto cut, okay? So make sure to use it. If you want to use it, you will be able to use how it is and you can use a license key. Or you can buy a license key from over here. When you click on free trial, it will give you a free trial, but you have to put in your information and you can also buy a license key. It will take you up directly to one of their browsers, our websites. You can see it over here. This is auto cut. You'll be able to download it two and you can see download for free. So you'll be able to use it for free to, for 14 days. So if you want to use it you'll be able to do that. And there's auto caption like motion over here. And also there are like silences which you can apply on your videos. There's like you will be able to broadcast podcasts. Then we have auto zoom. Then we have is Resi. You'll be able to resize all of it by using AI substantially. This is kind of like a very good extension which you can use in Adobe Premiere Pro so that you could, you know the most functionality out of it. So this is like, this is basically the extension which you'll get by default, but you can also apply in more extensions. Before that, you have to open up one of your web browsers. I'm going to do, go off to my web browser and I'm going to do is click on a Dev extensions. Okay, click on it and you will basically see extensions for a creative cloud app. Then what you're going to do is click on the first link which appears up on your web browser. Now from here, first thing you have to see that you are going to need Adobe Creative Cloud downloaded on your device. But you don't have to worry, because if you are using Adobe, let's say software, Adobe Cloud or Creative Cloud will already be there. Okay, Which is going to be a desktop software. You can open it up from your Windows, open it up directly from your file, You'll be able to do that. But let's sam do is search for Adobe Premier Pro extensions. First thing you going to do is going to be click on the files which you want to download. You can see installing, plug ins and extensions in Premier Pro. Click on that and we'll also show you like the same thing. But first off, you have to make sure that you are connected to make sure that you are connected to Adobe account. And then you'll be able to visit their, let's say, website and use it however you want. Another thing is that you can go off the video and audio right over here and you'll be able to buy or get the free trial if you want to. Obviously, this is Premier Pro, and you'll be able to get a free trial too, which you can see from over here. You can animate it and you can see how it works. Now if you want to go off the video editing software, you can see that there are also other ones. But as we are using Adobe Premiere Pro, now, the first thing you're going to do is going to be clicking on the Creative Cloud app. So when you open up the Creative Cloud app, this type of interface opens up. Now from here, you can apply whatever type of extensions you want to use for whichever software you can click on this option. You can also window it up and you can use the apps to find out that specific extension. From here, you can just type in extensions for what type of software you want to use. Extension for Premier Pro, or extension for Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and all of it. And you'll find it in a video section. You'll be able to crop, merge and do basically everything over here. And you can obviously go up to the suggested apps and you can download them up too, but make sure that you are connected to the Internet. And also make sure that you are connected to Adobe account. So this is basically it on Creative Cloud app. And this is basically how the extensions work. An Adobe Premiere Pro. Now let's go off the windows again. And then we have is maximize the frame. First thing I'm going to do is going to be import my media. What I'm going to do is use this water over here. Open it up. I'm going to do is put it on sequence. There we have it go off the windows, and then we have is maximize the frame. Now when you click on Maximize the Frame, what it basically does is that it increases or extends up the timeline panel. So that you can see all of it, okay? You'll be able to see all of the frames very well. You can extend it up until you feel satisfied, until you can see that milliseconds are also there. You can work up on seconds, you can work up on hours and so on. Okay, so this is basically how it works that I'm going to do is go off the windows again. I'm going to do is restore frame size. And there we go, we have it. We can also do it over here. Click on the file or click on this part. Click on Windows Maximize Frame. And basically what it does is that whichever panel you want to maximize, let's say maximize the frame, you'll be able to do that, even if I do want to get the project panel to be on its maximize frame, I can also do that. This is basically how it works. You can double click on it so that you can get back. Or you can also do, another thing is press on escape. You can see this is how it works. Escape, you can double click on it, or you just double click on press on escape, and then you can see that it has also gotten out. Now the next tool which we have over here is called audio clip mixer. What it basically does is that it shows you the audio mixer right over here. And you can see the clip mixer, you'll be able to fix the sound. Now first thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on Windows. And then I'm going to do is go off to, let's say, Effects. I'm going to do Search for Effects. You can see it over here. And then I'm going to do is click on Essential Sounds. I'm going to go off to Browse, and you have a couple of sounds over here which you can use from here. I'm going to do is select on any one of these files I'm going to do, let's play it up a bit, let's see how it works. Okay, so first thing I'm going to do is going to be using this part, I'm going to write Clgonics and I'm going to do is add to project. Now as I've added it to project, now you can see which part or where it is I'm going to do is find out the part if that is directly over here. There we go. Now you can see the audio is right over here. So I'm going to do is take this one over here, and then, there we go. We have our video and also our audio. We can play it up. You can see this is how it's supposed to work, okay? As we already have our video and our audio at the same time, first thing I'm going to do is going to be taking it at the back. I'm going to select it like this. There we go. And then I'm going to do is cut this part out so I'm not going to be needing that anymore. I'm going to keep it over here. And I'm going to do, is going to be clicking on this selection tool to do remove the part because I'm not going to be needing that. I'm going to take all of it together, group them up, control G and then I'm going to do is going to be slice up these parts. There we go. Then I'm going to do select this part, delete it up for Sun control C I'm going to do is select on this, this is now grouped up. I'm going to select on them again, control Shift, or you can right click on it and ungroup it. If you want to, let's say group, you can see it over here. I'm going to do is delete the parts. Now we're going to use only this part. Okay. I'm going to go off the windows again. Then we have Audioclip mix. Just like I said, you'll be able to fix in the sounds over here. You can increase it. You can also fix it from over here. You can fix the left and right balance which side you want it to play. And it can also reduce the sound if you want to. Okay? And it can do the same thing on audio, whichever it is playing on. And you can see this is playing on Audio Tree. You can also change the channel to audio two or change it to audio one. Now go off the windows again and the next one is called Audio Meters. This is the audio meter works basically the same. You can see the S and S, which levels they are playing on, you'll be able to see that which is basically the same on this one. And the next one, which we have over here is called the audio track mixer. Everything over here, including the sound of the video, what I can do is customize it just the way I want to. Let's go off the windows again, our window ribbon again. And the next one, which we have over here, is basically called effect control, an audio track mixer, which we already applied. Now in effect control, what we can do is fix in the effects, whatever we apply on that specific element. Let's say there are multiple clips selected, but let's say I want only this part. You can see this is the part which is selected and also the effects which are applied. Now if I put in effect on this one I'm going to do is first off go off Effects. I'm going to go off the Windows, click on effects from here. I'm going to do is instead of audio, I'm going to use video effect from here. I'm going to use use and put it right over here. There we go. So this has been applied. I'm going to go off the windows again and go off the effects control. And you can see on the specific track, this is all the effects that are being applied to it. Now you know how this effect control works. Now the next one which you have is called the effect, which is basically the same one which I use most of the times. Let's go off the windows again. And the next one which we have over here is called the Essential Graphic. In this essential graphic, you'll basically find out simple things here. You will find out basically, captions, local templates, and also libraries. And you can also edit them up later on if you want to. So make sure to use them. The next one is called Essential Sound, which I just used a while ago. But you can also edit them up just the way you want to. And you can also tag up that audio so that you can find it later on, manage it later on, and you can get the result whenever you want. Now, the next one which we have over here is called events. Now, what does this events do Now, if you have any comments which you want to apply events, let's say at a certain point of time, there's going to be an explosion. At a certain point of time, there's going to be rain. You can add it up, including the time line, including the time stamp. And also put that up over there so that it just works a lot like markers. Okay. You can put up events on that and you can also clear them up if you want to. The next one over here is called the history. Now whatever effect or whatever command, whatever tool, whatever changes you make on this workspace of Adobe Premiere Pro, all of its history is going to be recorded. Okay, Let's say the last thing which I do is new open then. This one. This one. This one. And just ongoing until I got the end result which was this effect. Kids up till here, it was this effect. Okay. So it records almost everything, almost a certain part of it, so that you can revert it back to how it was. So as it is a professional software. So obviously it's going to have these type of functionalities and obviously just for that, you might not get the smoothest experience on low end devices. So make sure to use, let's say, a medium end or even if you are using a low end device or low end PC or laptop. Make sure that you are not using up a lot of CPU and GPU usage so that it doesn't pressurize your CPU, okay? And if it does put a lot of pressure, you might face a lot of stuttering and a lot of lags inside of it, and it will process up a lot later and the responsiveness will not be smooth either. The next one which you have is called the Info or the info panel. On the info panel, you will basically find out where the video is, in which track? In the first track, V one, which is over here. We have our video and you can also see it over here on video one, we have our track in audio one, let's say audio one, we have it over here. Audio two applied. And also audio 33 audios being used and also one video. Okay? You can apply it or change it just the way you want to and you just get your result and you can see that I have applied in a bit of audio two. Okay? So this gives you the info about everything or the properties about the video or the specific footage you are using. Even if you're using, let's say, elements or photos inside of it, it will also give you the info about it. It will just give you an insight. Then we have a learn. Now, what does this learn option give us, or how does this work? Adobe softwares come with tutorials. Okay, if you are new to it or intermediate, you can find out tutorials directly from their site or directly from their software. This is a very good type of, let's say production or productivity, or let's say an advertisement. And this is how they also increase their, you know, let's say server, our community, because it is so beginner friendly. You can also talk to people, you can get into their help line. You can just contact them. And also you'll be able to learn those tutorials directly from over here. How you can do this, how you can do that. And you'll be able to search up whichever tutorial you want. Let's say there are a couple of them. Make sure to select the one, whichever you want if you feel like this is not working for you, or if you do want to fiddle through each and every one of them, you'll be able to get them over here. It just, you know, extends up to different, with different perspective and how you can learn. Find out the one which you want to learn and find out the one which helps you. Okay, So that you can just like progress with the work in Adobe Premiere Pro. The next one is called the Libraries, which I've already shown you. This is the libraries panel where you will be able to explore it. You can click on Explore, and you can see in the libraries, it will take you off directly the Creative Cloud Desktop or the app. And then you'll be able to use whichever extension or whatever functionality you want to add up on Adobe Premiere Pro so that you can just extend up your functionality. That's it. And the next tool, or the next, let's say panel, we're going to have is lumetri colors, which you've already seen. We've used it also in our previous lessons. And one thing about this is you can also use auto so that you can fix it up directly and use AI or maybe just the software. The next panel, which we have over here, is called the lumetry scopes. So this is basically the scopes which I've also shown you in our previous lessons. It just works up with the light waves. Okay, our next one, which we have over here, is called the markers. If you want to fix at the markers, you can also mark it up over here. Let's say I want this orange colored marker and I'm going to do is put in a marker over here. And you can see even though this is not the same color, but if I apply the marker over here by going off to marker, it will be the same color. Okay. So make sure to select the color. Whichever one you want I'm going to do is remove the marker from over here. Click on Clear Markers that Go has been removed. And you'll be able to customize a lot more. The next one is called the media browser. It helps you to open up this panel over here so that you can get into your device drives, folders, and also basically everything. And open it up directly from here, okay? Instead of going off the new open project and all of those, it also just helps you to increase up your functionality and make your work a lot more easier. The next one, which we have over here is called the metadata, which I've already covered up. Then we have a production, which we also covered up in our program monitor. You can see in our program monitor we have water running. Okay, Next one is called the project, well, let's say the progress panel. Now, what type of progress did you do on it? Let's say on our progress on our project. We applied in the, you know, let's say the speech to text transcript, which is also done. Then we also applied in auto color. We downloaded the file and also applied it up so you can also clear all completed. Two, you can see all of them has been completed. So it just basically keeps track of it. Okay. What track of what you did, what you did not do, and if you've accomplished it or if it has been completed or not. Okay? It just helps you to keep the progress or keep the data if it is working or not. If it is done or not. The next one we have over here is called the projects. You can already see the project panel. Then we have is the reference monitor, which is also water. This is the reference monitor and this is based on the program monitor. Okay, And then we also have our sequence monitor where we used to find out or use the sequence which we're using in Adobe Premiere Pro. Okay, then we have is review with frame O. Well, you have to download it first or buy the subscription first, and then you'll be able to use it. And then on our source monitor, we are also using the same thing. You can also apply different thing on different monitors if you want to. Then we have text. The text option which is also the same, which is captions. And you'll be able to fix out, you know, transcript caption and also graphics at the same time which is composed. Okay. And then the next tool which we have or the next panel which we have over here is called the time code panel. So this basically helps you to track time off your data or track time of your videos and whatever edits you're doing. You can also start playing it. You can see it starts playing even though you can find it from over here. But this is just bigger so that you can see it, okay? And you can basically see how many seconds, how many milliseconds over there. Okay? The next one is called the Timeline panel, where we will be able to see how it works. It is the Timeline panel over here. This is basically the timeline panel, which we also have our composition or our video. And the last one is called the Tools. So in this tools panel, we have like a couple of tools, well, this is called the selection tool. You can also selected A by using V. Then we have a track selection, which is A. You can select the track by selecting on this, just like this. And you can also press on V the select specific track. But if I hold on to let's say C, you can see this turns out to be this razor tool which you'll be able to split up data or split up the footage even you can do it on audios. The next one over here is called the Ripple Edit Tool. You'll be able to apply in ripples where it is selected. You'll be able to extend up that part if you want to. Okay. The next one we have is called the slip tool. You can also use it by holding onto your keyboard, by pressing on Y. And there are also a couple of tools which I'm also going to show you now from here if you want to extend up this part, you can see this is how it works. This is how this tool works. You can extend it up, you can change the way it looks like and also change the time. Okay, the next one over here is called the pen tool. You can also mark Ab certain parts and make an object on, let's say on your video directly, not even on the layer but directly on the video. I'm going to do is press on control Z for a while over here so that I can remove the parts which I do not need. The next one I'm going to do is show you how this is Rectangle tool. Then we have also a couple of them which you'll be able to open them up. If you open them up by clicking on right click, you will be able to find out, let's say Circle tool. There's going to be other tools too. And then we have is our navigation tool, which is you can see you will be able to drag through each and every one of it. You can see this is just for navigation. And the last one is called the text tool. You'll be able to customize your text however you want. Less Sat. Close the panel, right click on this. Induce increase the size. There we go. You'll be able to toggle through them if you want to. And there are also different types of tools which you will be able to use in Adobe Premiere Pro. Okay, so hope you understood everything about this lesson. On the window panel, or let's say the window ribbon in Adobe Premier Pro. And the last ribbon which we have over here is called Help. Well, if you want to get any help on your keyboard, your compatibility, then your lock files, your apptorials, online tutorials, and also get into direct contact with them so that you can get help or any bug fixes, you'll be able to get those two. And even about updates, you can like click on Updates and you'll be able to see if there is any update over here. You will be able to update it up. And make sure to use the newest version of Adobe Premiere Pro or whichever Adobe software you are using, so that you get the best functionality, the best, you know, facility out of it. Okay, so from here you will be able to get Premier Pro help. And when you go off the keyboard and system compatibility record, you can click on it and see if there is a problem with your device. You can you get that okay? And if you want to get the keyboard, you know, problems or keyboard shortcuts, you will be able to go off to their web browser, you can see Adobe ID. First off, you have to sign in on your ID or sign in on your account. And then they will show you the keyboard shortcuts and also about what type of, you know, keyboards or what type of problems there is, you'll be able to do that. Okay. And you can also provide feedbacks directly through Adobe Premier Pro 2024. So make sure you fiddle through each and every one of these tools and commands, and a lot of about Premier Pro. You can also get info about that. You can manage your account and also sign out if you want to and log into another account just clicking on this one. And then we also manage my account. You can go through management settings, account settings, and then fix it up just the way you want to. So hope you understood everything about this lesson where we covered up almost all the panels of window ribbon and how these tools basically work. So I hope to see you guys in my class project of Adobe Premier Pro. And if you have any question about any part or any confusion about any part, then feel free to ask me and I will guide you and help you through the whole process. So let's move on to our class project of Adobe Premier Pro. 12. Class Project 1 - How to make an animated line: Welcome to our class project, one of Adobe Premier Pro essential. The name of this class project is how to make an animated line. I have attached in a description and also an outcome. Applying small but effective animation in a video makes it more visually appealing. We can make various types of animation in Adobe Premier Pro. To make our videos look interesting, I have also a couple of steps which I have to follow now. The first thing you're going to do is going to be open up the video called Snowy Mountains from the resource file in Premier Pro, or will be also called a import the file from the resource file, which I have attached in with this whole course. You'll find it in the resource panel, or let's say the resource file. In step two we're going to do is open up the effects panel. We're going to click on our Windows Ribbon. And then we're going to find out Effects. And we're going to search up for obsolete on video effects. So there are going to be a couple of effects from there. We're going to do, select the obsolete section, our obsolete category. And we're going to do is apply the right on effect, which we're going to find out. Okay, In step four, we're going to go to effect control and select the stopwatch icons beside the brush point, or let's say the brush position and the brush size. Now step five is going to be a bit complex. Now we're going to do is first off, we're going to adjust the starting line by clicking on the anchor which appears up when we click on, let's say the effects which we are applying on. Or let's say the anchor point which we're applying on in step six, what we're going to do is going to be dragging it one frame at first. And then we're going to do is change the brush size to zero. And then we're going to do is going to be extend the brush size again when we reach our desired size. And we're going to end it according to my need by the outcome. What are we going to get by the outcome of this class project? By learning how to apply basic or line animation makes videos look visually appealing and professional in all cases. Let's just follow up the steps by starting off with step one. I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro. And I'm going to do is go back over here, go off the Import. And then I'm going to do is going to be refreshing this file if I do have it and you can see this is how it looks like. Now find out the file, or this file which is called Snowy Mountains. Click on this one, do select, and click on Import. Now after it will be imported, what we're going to do is going to be following each and every step which we've seen. Okay, Now the first thing, what we're going to do from over here, as it is already turned into a sequence. First thing I'm going to go off the windows, and from there I'm going to do is search up for effects. Now from this effect section, I'm going to do is extend this video effect from here. What we're going to do is search for obsolete. I'm going to go down and go off the video. If you can't find out obsolete over here, what you're going to do is search off on, right on, you can see obsolete over here. And right now from here is going to be clicking on this, right on, and then I'm going to be pasting it over on this video right on. This effect has been applied right over here as we have the effect applied. We're going to go effective control if it is not open over here, go off the windows. And then I'm going to do search up for effective control. Now from here we're going to do is find out that effect which has been applied on this one. Which is going to be right on. I'm going to do search up for right on. You can see right on over here. You can remove it or applied. Now I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this brush position and also the brush size. Now I can see it over here, which is two, and this is also two. First off, select the part which part you want the brush size to be. Make sure to select on its. I'm going to do, just click on cancel. Okay, there we go. Okay, At this point I want the brush size over here and I want the position right over here. Okay, so we can see that we have the specific part. Now I'm going to do is click on over here and I'm going to press on this right button over here. And then what you're going to do is find out the anchor point. Now after you've clicked on this brush point and also brush size, you might see that you will not find the anchor for that reason. Click on this right on, and you can see the anchor point right over here. I'm going to do is going to be finding at the park where I want it to be. I want it over here. And then what I'm going to be doing is going to be turning this into zero first. I'm going to do turn it first off, let's just take it one line. There we go. One frame crossed and then I'm going to do is going to be turning it into zero. And then I'm going to do is find out the parts where I want it to end. And then I'm going to do is going to be clicking this into ten, hit Enter. Then I'm going to do is going to be taking this part up here, Okay, let's say I want it up to here, or maybe like up to you. Which part do you want to use? There we go. We have this line over here and the line has been created after it is done. Let's just see how it works. Just click on this over here. Appreciate. You can see that we have a line over here. Okay, how you'll be able to animate a line or use animated lines in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now, another thing you have to keep one thing in mind is that you have to worry about the key frames. Now, how is it working? Now there's also this brush hard option. You'll be able to do that too, and fiddle through each and every one, but those are going to be a bit complex, but make sure to adjust it just the way you want it to be. And obviously, there are a couple of alternate methods which you can use, but I would suggest you to follow these steps so that you get your result to be very smooth and also working at the same time, what we did is open up the Snowy Mountain video. Then we opened up the effect ribbon, found out right on. And then we adjusted the brush point and also the brush size. Click on right on to get this anchor point, or the point which you are going to use to draw your line. And then what you're going to do is going to be clicking on these so that you can make a keyframe out of it. And you will find out the keyframes on this panel too. You don't have to worry about finding it differently. And then what you're going to do is going to be when you hit on the stopwatch first and also turn on this anchor point first, make sure to hit right key on your keyboard. And then you're going to turn your brush size into zero. And then you're going to take the part where you want this to end. Okay, take it to that part. And then drag the anchor point up to that point so that it looks like it's animated when you play it. Make sure to upload this or save this video up first. And then upload it on our project panel so that we can see how you are progressing with work. So let's move on to our second class project of Adobe Premiere Pro. 13. Class Project 2 - How to denoise grainy videos: Welcome to our class project two of Adobe Premiere Pro Essential. The name of our class project is how to denoise grainy videos in Premiere Pro. Now I have attached in a description and also an outcome. So immersive video effects can put a big change on how your videos look like. These filters are used to manipulate your videos to be visually appealing and also a lot of stuff. Okay, so in step one, what we're going to do is going to be opening up Adobe Premiere Pro. In step two, we're going to open up the file called Grainy from the resource file. So I have attached in a resource filed with this whole course, you can find the resource filed with the course. And you can see that there is one file or one video which is named Grainy. And open it up or imported up to Adobe Premiere Pro. Then what we're going to do is going to be turn up the video into a sequence. Now when we have it as a sequence, it will be on our timeline panel. From that, we're going to open up the effect panel from the Windows ribbon. Then we're going to find out the video effect, immersive video effects. And in step six, we're going to apply V R denoise and adjust it up to your knee. But the outcome is that by learning how to Denise grains in your videos, you can make your video resolution higher and look a lot better and a lot more smoother. By following the steps. We're going to remove the noise from our videos and Adobe Premiere Pro. Make sure to follow all of these steps so that you get the best result out of your videos to make it into a smooth appealing and a lot better one. Let's open up Adobe Premiere Pro on our device. As you can see that I have opened up Adobe Premiere Pro. Now the first thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this one option over here. I'm going to go off to import. Now you can see that this is the resource file which I have. And then I have this video called Grainy. I'm going to do is click on this file and click on Import. Then the first thing I'm going to be doing is going to be fixing our workspace. Let's click on all panels that I'm going to do is make sure to use any one of these. Let's go off the project panel, which we are over here. Now, the first thing, what we did is that we took the file or we took the source of the video. And this has already turned into a sequence. And you can see it over here, reference and also the program. We also have our base and also our sequence. Right now the thing we're going to do is going to go off the windows. From here we're going to do is find out effects. Now in effect we're going to do is find out video effects, which you can see over here. In Do extend it. If you cannot find it over here, what you're going to do is find out video transitions. You'll also find different ones on different cases. Firstsef, let's remove it and let's click on Video Effects. From Video Effects, we're going to find out immersive video. From here I'm going to do is click on this immersive video. Extend it up. Then from here, find out the one which says V R noise. Okay, Here we can already see we have VRD noise. Now, another method is that you can also search it from over here, R then just type in noise, and you can see that it might also not appear up. What we can do is obviously click on V R, and then we have is D. Let's just type in the same thing, D. Noise Okay. You will find it like this. Make sure to use a capital if you're searching for it and then hyphen. Okay. So I'm going to do is click on this one and then I'm going to do is going to be dragging this on this track. Make sure to put it on the video track, not on the audio track. I put it on the video track. There we go. Now you can see that I have my video to be a lot smoother now how do I see it? I'm going to do is increase this up, let's say 115. And then I'm going to do is click on this hand tool. And you can see that this is a lot more smoother, but I'm going to do is undo the process. And you can see the video is kind of very grainy. So what we're going to do is open up video effects, go off the immersive video, and then find out noise. And then drag it directly on our video panel and you can see that we have the noise applied and also the grains look a lot less in this video. Right then what you're going to do is going to go off and adjust it. Now how will you adjust it? To adjust it, we're going to do is go off the windows, go off effect control from here. What we're going to do is going to be finding out the effect which we are using, not the other one, not the video, neither the opacity, neither time render remapping neither audio. Just find out the effect which you are working on or the one which you've applied which is VRD noise. Click on that one and then we have is noise type from here select the one which you want, Salt and pepper. Make sure to select the one Les' going to use random value and then on here on the noise level, make sure to increase or decrease. Let's say this is 20 I'm going to do is type in maybe ten. Now according to the adjustments, you will basically see that it will look now a bit grainy, a bit less smoother than before. But you can see when it was 0.20 it was too much smooth and it didn't have much, let's say clarity to it. Now you can see, even though it is just a bit grainy, but it looks a lot more smoother. Now let's try taking it out. Just click on this and you'll basically see this is now a lot more grainier. If you apply it back again. Now you can see it is a lot more smoother. Now let's try to make it a lot more better. Sema, type in 05, hit on Enter, you can see this is working a lot better. I'm going to do is type in 02, and you can see this looks a lot more natural. And then fix out the fit. There we go, we're working totally fine and make a comparison if there is any change. And if you don't find any change, then what we're going to do is going to be changing it to something which is visible. Okay, so now you're done. Now you can see the effect has been applied and the grains are now a lot less. When you zoom in, hope you understood everything about this class project and how you will be able to apply noise or remove grains from a video or any of fair footage. The next step or the last step, what you're going to do is going to be saving up the file or exporting the file. And then what you're going to do is upload it in our project panel so that we can see how you're progressing with work in Adobe Premiere Pro. If you have any question or any confusion about this whole course or about the class project, then feel free to ask me anything and seek for help, because I will guide you and help you through the whole process. I hope to see you guys in my next course. 14. Introduction interface & workspace of Adobe After Effect: Welcome to our first lesson of Adobe After Effect. In this lesson, we're going to learn about the introduction interface and also about the work space of how Adobe After Effects work. Without any further ado, let's just hop on the lesson by opening up Adobe After Effects on our device. Now you can see that I have Adobe After Effect opened on my screen. Now one thing that you will notice when you open up Adobe After Effect is that it has two windows opened up at the same time. Now one thing about this is because one is the home panel and one is going to be the workspace panel. Now from here, you can see that the workspace is behind us, and this is the home panel, okay? So you can select whichever one you want or select what new project, or what project you want to open up. Now, how does this project work on Adobe After Effect? Well, just like I said, and just as it sounds, Adobe After Effect is an animating type of software. It helps you to animate anything or even make videos out of it. And also apply different type of effects so that it will look a lot more better. Or the video will be edited in such a way so that you can use it for various purposes, even professional cases. So the first thing we're going to learn over here is that on the home panel, how do you open up a new project? Now there are two methods of how you can open up. There is totally a new project, which you're going to start from scratch and an open project, okay? You can see these two options over here. Now, if you want to start something from scratch, then you're going to click on New Project. But if you've already worked on Adobe after effect and saved one file, which is an AE file, then you can also open it up by clicking on Open Project. I'll show both of them, but before that. First let's tell you one thing is that make sure to use always the newest version of Adobe after effect or whatever type of software you are using. Because it helps you to get the newest tools, newest facility, and also a lot of bug fixes. On this lesson in this course, I'm going to be using Adobe After Effect 2024. So that I get most of the newest features Adobe After Effect has to offer to me. So the first thing I'm going to start off with is going to be the Open Project, because that is going to be very simple. Now click on Open Project, and you'll basically see this type of interface will open up. Now select any drive in your file, any folder in your file where you have your AE file opened up. Then you're going to click on any of the files and press it on open and it will open up. Now there are two formats, only 21 is all file formats. And also Adobe After Effect projects which is AE file. So just like I said, if you've worked on Adobe After Effect and if you have any file saved or if you've got any file, you can open it up directly from over here. And you can also open up videos if you want to. Not only videos, you can also upload GIFs, such as short reels, short videos and animations and a lot of it. Okay, so we are done with this open project. Now. There we also have this new project. Let's start off with this new Team project and Open Team project. Now Adobe after effect gives you off that facility or feature so that you can work simultaneously at the same time on a specific project. Now you can open up new Team project if you want to start from scratch and you can apply or adding people if you want to. You can see I have my account right now. Name the project given the description, add the people and then you'll be able to work on the same project at the same time with the people you want to work with. And then we also have Open Team Project. Now you can see when you click on Open Team Project, you have to applaud or apply the team project which someone else has given to you or maybe applying to you or someone who has shared to you on your, you know, this Adobe account. And you'll basically see it from over here. And when you click on it, just press on Okay. Or open it up and then you are good to go. When you click on Home, it will appear on this home panel, just like you see now. The last one which remains is called the New project. So first thing you're going to do is going to be clicking on new project. When you click on new project, you will basically see no interface opens up because this is basically the interface. Now there are a couple of things which you have to learn from over here. Okay, so there we have Default, which you can see over here. And then the first thing in this lesson we're going to learn is going to be our windows. Go off the windows, go off to work space, and then go off to all panels. Okay, you can see on all panels we have all of the panels right over here. Now I'm going to describe all of the panels at the same time or let's say I'm going to go over through them one at a time. Now this panel, which you see over here is called the Project Panel. Now the Project Panel depends or works in such a way so that you can apply or use upload, export, import any of the file which you have on your device or if you are working with someone else. And all of the clips are all the videos, all the elements, all of the videos and everything will appear over in this project panel. You will also get a preview on over this panel. Okay, this is the preview panel. Now the next one which you see over here is called the composition panel, where all of the videos or all of the animations which you see over here will be, work will be previewed. And you'll basically see the outcome of every edit or every composition you do. So you can see this is also over here, the two buttons which is called new composition and new composition from Footage. Now if you want to start off New composition, in both cases, you are going to need a clip or a footage. But one thing is that if you want to start off from scratch, you can click on New Composition. This is basically like opening up a new file. And a new composition from Footage is going to be, you are going to be using a Footage and you will be doing it or composing it from starting from over here. Now the next one which we see over here is called the properties panel. Now all of the properties of the effect of whatever type of file that is info audio effect library, align character paragraph, trancular content aware, paint brushes, motion sketch, smooth or regular. All of it will appear over here. Even you will be able to customize or edit any of your clips or footage directly from this panel. Now, the next one which we see over here is called the timeline panel. This one is basically the timeline panel. Now, obviously when you are working with any footage or any video you see like the time, right? You see the seconds you see how it's rendering, how it is processing. Everything will appear up on this, you know, let's say the timeline panel. You'll be able to customize it. You'll be able to cut down videos, you'll be able to customize it and also sync it up with whatever type of edits you are doing, even audio, even music. And also fix up your video if you want to. And this also belongs to the time line panel, but all of the timeline is going to appear or the clips on the footage are going to appear over here. And you'll be able to customize through these tools too. This is basically what we call this edit panel. You will be able to edit it from over here and over here at the same time mixing them together. Now the last panel which remains is called the tool panel, which is over here at the top. Now there are a couple of basic tools which you will find out over there. And even when we apply in a footage, you will be able to customize it from the timeline panel too, but the main tools are right over here. You'll be able to cut down, customize, edit, and do everything through this panel. Okay, so basically now you know how this workspace, you know, and this interface works in Adobe after effect. Now just like I said, first off, go off to Windows, go off to Workspace, and make sure to click on all panels so that you can see all of it. Now there are also specific type of workspace which you can select from and work with. It's also up to you, but as this is going to be an essential course, so I will suggest you to use this all panel so that you can see and copy or mimic any of the steps which I do. And also learn about all of the effects, all of the layers, and all of the panels Adobe after effect has to offer with its tools. So in our next lesson, we're going to work with this file ribbon, which we have over here. And how we'll be able to open up videos or open up a new composition with a footage and apply it directly on our timeline panel so that we can see how we'll be able to make a basic video edit by using Adobe after Effect without any further ado. Let's move on to our next lesson of Adobe After Effect, and hope you learned everything in this lesson. 15. File ribbon: Welcome to our second lesson of Adobe after Effect. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the file ribbon and all of the tools and commands it has to offer so that we can work with our footage and Adobe after effect without any further ado. Let's just hop onto the lesson by opening up Adobe after effect from where we left. On my screen, you can see that I have come back to where I left from in my previous lesson. Now the first thing what I'm going to be doing is going to be covering up all of the tools and commands which we have in the file ribbon of Adobe after effect. Okay, so let's start off by clicking on this file. Now if you want to, let's say open up a new composition. You can click it from over here, or you can click it from over here. And then you'll be able to select what type of composition you want to start. Now there's new project, new team project, new folder, Adobe Photoshop file or Maxon Cinema for D file. Now there are a couple of these things which you can open up in Adobe after effect. Now another feature, another thing is that you can also open up Adobe Photoshop files. It's helpful because you can also edit a bit of videos or a bit of footage or even photos in Adobe Photoshop. And you can apply directly on Adobe After Effect. It has that feature because you will be able to edit or customize the effects or customize the graphics, customize the elements, all of them through Adobe after effect. Even though if it is a Photoshop file. Now there we have this other specific feature or specific file which is called the Maxon Cinema 40 file. Well, before getting into this Maxon Cinema 40 file, we have to know what the Maxim Cinema 40 file is. The Cinema 40 is a popular treaty modeling and animation tool from Max. Well, this is basically a server, or we can also say a web page, which is Max Net. Closer integration with Cinema 40 allows you to use Adobe after Effects and Max 40, Cinema 40 together so that you can create a cinema for effect. And Fort file, which is, which comes with the extension of Ford for Adobe after effect. This is P file or file. Okay? From within after effect you can work with complex treat elements, scenes and animation. Now if you want to apply that threat effect on your footages or on your animations, make sure to use this maximum cinema for D file. It will help you to get the best outcome of that three D file or the animation which you're trying to make in Adobe after effect. Now I've already covered in, let's say the new projects and also the new team project new folder or Toby Photoshop files. So let's move on to our next one. Now the next tool or command which we have is called the Open Project. And one thing you can see from over here is that a couple of these tools or commands have specific keyboard shortcuts for open project. We can either click on from over here. You can see it opens up, and even if we press on control, it will open up just like this. From here I'm going to do is open up my after effect file where I have my resources. And one thing is that I have a test in a couple of resource files which you'll be able to use in this whole course so that you can progress with your work and also use it if you want to. But if you don't want them or you don't want to use them, you can also go off to a couple of websites, You'll be able to find it well. I will also show you the website or web page at the end of the specific lesson. First off, let's just take any one of these videos. I'm going to click on open and you'll basically see that the video has been applied on our project panel. Just like I said, all of the clips will appear right over here and also get me a preview of it. Now how do you apply it directly on our composition panel? Now the first thing what you're going to do is going to be taking on this hold onto it with your left mouse key and drag it right over on this timeline panel. And you can see it has been applied when you apply directly on this timeline panel. It will also appear up on your composition panel. Now you can anchor it up if you want to. You can move it, You can crop it. You can do basically everything however you want to customize it. Now, how do you play it? But before that, you can see when I dragged this over here, it has made itself a composition. Now, how does this work? Now when you take this MP four file, or whatever file you have as a video or animation. When you take it over here, it turns or converts it in such a way so that it can, or let's say Adobe after effect can read it well, okay? And it will be something like this. This is going to be the icon which you'll be able to use as the composition. You can also see the color over here, and the color here is also the same. But the main file is only going to belong to this timeline panel. Okay, now let's go over on file and let's go off to Open Team project. Which you can see this is the project, and next one is Open Team Project. If you want to work simultaneously, if you open up a project just the way I did, it will not open up a team project. So you have to click on Open Team Project. You have to save it up first. And you can see I'm going to just click on Save, and then save it up on wherever you want. And then you will be able to open up a team project. And then just like I said, you've seen in my previous lesson that when I clicked on new team project, you know it gave me an interface where it's said to invite people by their link or maybe by their account. So you have to do that, you have to add in people by that process and then you'll be able to work in a team project. Okay. Now I'm going to go over to file again. And then we have is called Brows And Bridge and Open Recent. Now I already applied in right now, so if I sat remove this, I'm going to do is remove all of these. I'm going to click on File and still there is no open recent. Now if I opened it up directly right now, and if I already saved it, then I would be able to open up the recent files which I have. Now, another feature or another advantage is that obviously the same shortcut key works control and Z to undo the process. Even if you, you know, mistakenly remove any of your footage from the project panel or also from the timeline panel, just make sure to press on control Z and you can see that it will appear right over here. And if it does not appear on the timeline panel, just hold onto this and take it directly on the timeline panel. And then you will basically have it now. First thing I'm going to do is going to be removing one of these. I'm going to click on Delete, and you can see it over here. I'm going to delete one of these two. I'm going to take the main file and keep it right over here. Okay. So if you have like multiple videos or multiple projects over here, it will just, you know, look a lot more than how much it is. And it's going to make your work look like, you know, it's jumbled or it's not, you know, managed well. It will just look jumbly. Okay. So make sure to also keep it organized so that you can find out whichever in a footage you're looking for and also which one is the imported file and which one is the composition file. Okay. So as we already have it, we also see that there are a couple of properties of this. Okay? So I'm going to take it right at this point over here. Now, on each and every file, you will basically find the type, the size, frame rate, point, outpoint, tape name, comment, path file, and also the video info. So from here you can see the name, now the file, the size. Then we also have the frame rate which is 25 right now. Then in and out point, which is the beginning and also the ending of that specific video or footage. Then we also have the tape name as I don't have any tape name right now so it is clear. And also I am the one who is working with it right now. So if I apply in a comment, the comment will appear right over here. And I will also show you how you will be able to do that. And we also have the file path where I got it from and also the video info of the resolution, which is still ten DP for this one. Okay, so I'm going to just keep it right over here. Import it. Okay, this is perfect. So you can see that I have still my video over here. Now this is the borders. Okay, These are the borders. And the one you see in the middle is called the anchor point. Now if I rotate it, you'll basically see still the anchor point is still going to stay in the middle, but you can also change that position if you want to. And I will also show it to you that is going to be a bit of complex. So let's start finishing off our bigger levels first and essentials first, and let's go off to those parts now. The next one which you have is called the Browse and Bridge. Now you can see when I click on Browsing Bridge, you can see Adobe after effect warning. It is not installed and you have to download this feature so that you can go off to Adobe.com That is going to be the file where we get our funds. If we want to get extensions and those files, you have to directly get it from there In Adobe, Photoshop, Illustrator, and other you know, softwares, you'll be able to directly get access through it through the web. But in Adobe, after effect, you have to download this bridge so that you'll be able to use it. Okay, so the next command or tool which we have is called close. Now if you want to close off the current composition which you already have open and you want to close it off, just click on Control plus W, or click on File. And then find this close option and click on it and it will be closed. See that it is that simple. So I'm going to take this one over here again, and obviously I'm going to also show you how you'll be able to play it because there is no play button anywhere over here. Okay, so I'm going to click on file again. The next one is called a Closed Project. Now if you've opened up a project just like this one, and you want to close it off so you can just click on closed project. It just works the same way how you open up a project for yourself or even a project. So it just differs. If you have, you know, your own one, open, let's say open project, you did one and then you want to close it off. Click on Close. But if you made a project team project, then make or click on Close Project. And the whole project will be closed at the same time. Okay, then we have a save. So there's also a shortcut key which is going to be control S. And if you want to edit the format and also save up in a different file on your device, click on save S and then you'll be able to customize it and then save it. And there's obviously a different type of formats already. You can see it as 23 X or 22 X or XML. Or save us a copy or even save S. Okay, Then we have is increment and save so you can cream. Okay, so if you want to save multiple versions of your project so you can revert back to it. If you know something happens to your current file, then I would suggest you to use this increment and save. Now this works a lot like layers. And you know a couple of software such as Adobe Photoshop or if you've worked with Illustrator or any one of those, you make layers right now if you want to like save the file or save the edit, but later on, if anything happens, you still want to get it reverted back to how it was on default. Because if you apply any effect and then save it, it will stay with the effect but you're going to need, you know, the actual file where you'll be able to, you know, like get it from the default, you know, preview and how it is. So if you want to save the edit and also how it looks like in default, then I will suggest you to use this increment and save. Then we have a revert, you can revert it back if you save it. Just the way how I said, if you increment and save then we have is import, if you want to import any footage from your device or from the online or from someone who shared it to you, then you can do it from here. So there is a couple of methods of doing that. You have placeholder, you have solids, you have import from Adobe Premiere Pro from libraries, multiple files, and also directly from your device files. The next one is called Import Recent Footages. So I'm going to click on Import Recent Footages. And you can see the files which I opened up. These are the two files which I opened up. One is this hot air balloon and the other one is something different. So if you want to open it up, import the recent ones, you can also import it. The next one is called export. Now if you want to export any of your files so that you can keep best quality of it and also export it for various purposes. Then you can just click on Export, and you can export it to Adobe Media Quarter. Then we have Render Q. Then we have this Premier Pro Project, and also Max Cinema four D. But if you want to use Max Cinema Four D, you have to download the Max and software which is Max Net. You'll get it from over there. And just like I said, in the end of this lesson, I'm going to show you the website where you're going to get your resources and also the Max and Cinema. Okay, Now the next one is called Add Fonds from Adobe. When you click on this, this will basically take you to the website which I've seen, which I've shown in my previous courses too. So this works the same way on all Adobe software. Okay. If you want to apply any of these funds or download any funds, you'll be able to apply it. Just click Add to Family, and it will appear up on your software, whichever software you're using of Adobe. Okay, now the next one which we have is called Adobe Dynamic Link. Now this is one of the best features Adobe has to offer. Now there is this option how you'll be able to share it in such a way so that another person can also open it up via a link. Okay, now if you want to import the Premier Pro Sequence, you can click it over here. And if you want to open up a new one. But as a Premier Pro Sequence, you can also open it up and it will still keep the sequences just the way the person edit it. And you can also edit it just the way you want to. Okay, so you'll be able to use it however you want. And then we have a find. Now you can see that in most video editing software is you cannot find this option called Find because it works with a lot of textual and a lot of element. When you are using this font and you want to find out that specific object, you will be able to use this tool. Now the next thing is called the dependencies. Now the dependencies help you to collect file, find missing effects, missing fonts, missing footages, and all of those. Let's say you applied one of a footage on your composition and Adobe after effect, but you cannot find the font in your software and you have to either download it or you have to remove the font. If you want to use the fund and also customize it with your funds from the software, then you can click on these options such as the effects, the funds, the footages, the reduced project, remove unused footages, and all of those from these tools. The next one which we have is called the watch folder. Now you can see you will be able to select on the file where all of the footages are and you'll be able to watch the folder where all of your footages are saved. Okay. Then I'm going to click on File again and you can see that there is this option called script. If you want to run a script or apply a script or, you know, just, you know, import, export, any one of these scripts and UI panel which are also script panels, you will be able to apply it so that you know scripts, okay. You will be able to even apply subtitles if you want to. So there are specific file formats which is JSX use most of the time but there are different types of it, so you can like, you know, fiddle with each and every one of those and see how those actually work. But I would suggest you to not run those because it is going to be a bit complex if you are new to this Adobe after effect. But without these, we can also customize or edit any of the video or footage if you want to. Now the next one, which we call is called the Create proxy. Now if you want to make a proxy of your project, or even you, or even the footage, you can click it on. Let's say I want a proxy of the still photo. Now you can see I'm going to click on Save, and the PSD file will be saved over here. Okay, I'm going to use click on Render and it will be basically done, okay. You can see Proxy is enabled. Okay? So we basically have a footage and also a PSD file of it done so you can see the steel image, right? This is basically steel. And I saved it up as a proxy so that I will be able to use it on Photoshop to so this is how it will help you. Okay, So this is already, you know, a video, right? But I have turned it into a PSD file two so that I can use it on different software. I can also apply directly on Adobe Illustrator so that I can customize it and use it directly over here so that I can change a bit of effect or customize it in, you know, other software and apply directly over here. Okay. And then I can use this, you know, dependencies to find the effect and apply it on all the footages. Okay. So this is how it works. You might feel like this is a bit complex, but basically it is not. You can just, or you have to just follow a couple of steps so that you get used to Adobe after effects. Now the next one which we have is are these, okay, Set proxy, interpret footage, replace footage. So these are basically very basic, you know, you know, let's say very basic tools which you can already see. What these does reload the footage license reveal an explorer and the next one is called is reveal in Bridge. Now if you have a proxy created and you want to reveal it in bridge, then you will be able to apply or preview it in bridge and also you know, work with it. Now, the next one is called the Project Setting, which is the last one. Now in our Project setting, you will find out a couple of things. One is going to be the video rendering and effects and what is going to be used on your GPU. So you can see that for my GP, or this is optimized in open GL. Well, in a couple of CPU's there is going to be Vulcan. Okay. So you will be able to use them too if you want to, but there is this other option called Mercury Software, and you can also render it through that. But if you have let's say Intel Rising, which is, which is going to be on your device, which is your PC or your laptop, then I would suggest you to use Open GL, because that is the best one which you can use for rendering your videos or effects or files. And the next one we have is called the time display style. How do you want the time to be visible? Are reviewable in your workspace, so you can just like fiddle through it and customize it however you want. I'm going to use time code and the next one is called this color. What type of color you want? The color engine, which I use most of the time, is called Adobe Color Managed. And we have the bit depth. You can use eight bit, 16 bit, or 32 bit, which is float. Now if you have you know, middle edge PC or device, and if you have a lower end, you can also use 16 bit or eight bit. I'm not going to suggest you to use 32 bits because it's going to take up a lot of CPU usage. So I would suggest you to use 16 or eight bit. I most of the time use eight bit on my device and it works very smooth. Okay, you can customize it just the way you want to. And you can also blend color using 1.0 gamma. But I would not suggest you to use this. It will make your colors look a bit more, you know, brighter, a bit more vivid. Which is not going to be accurate when you print it up or, you know, when you post it on different, you know, let's say panels or give it to someone else. Okay. Now the next one, which we call is called audio. Now, what type of sample audio do you want? Now, I most of the time use on 48, 96. If you want the higher or better, better you know, audio, make sure to keep it on the highest, it will give you the best audio there is. Okay. The next one which you call is the expression. Now, what type of expression engine do you want? Now, for this one or for this course, I'm going to be using Javascript. You can also use legacy extend script if you want to. But when you use legacy extend script, the tools and the scripts become a bit more complex and a bit more complex to encode it. So I'll suggest you to use Javascript because that is going to be simple and that is going to be default and also beginner friendly. So I hope you guys understood everything about this lesson on how this file urbon works in Adobe after effect. And the last one which you can see over here is called Exit. If you want to exit it, you can just click on Exit and it will turn off Adobe after effect. Now the first thing I'm going to do is going to be how you can plate, make sure to just hold onto space and you'll basically see this is how it will work. But this is still a proxy, right? So you can see this is a Photoshop. This is not a composition, so I'm going to do is delete this Composition I'm going to do is take this again, right over here. And then I'm going to do is going to be playing it. And you can see this is moving, so just hit on space and you will basically see this is how it works. And one thing is that when you apply any of the videos, you will see this green line being rendered, okay. It will just process up the videos. So you have to just wait just a bit until it turns up to be full, and then you will basically get the smoothest type of flow of video, just the way you want it. Okay, so this is how you'll be able to do it. Now I'll show you the websites of how you know you'll be able to get resources and also Maxon 40 Cinema. Make sure to open up any of the browser which you have. And then if you want resources, you can go off to Pigsales.com And then you'll basically find it over here. Go off to Pegsales. And then you have a couple of videos which you'll be able to use even if you don't want it from over here. There are also a couple of sites, but this is basically royalty free so you can use it for however you want. Okay. Now the next side which we're going to show you is going to be Max Donet. Hit on Enter and you'll basically see Max.net Or you can also search for Maxon Cinema. Cinema. Hit on Enter and you can see Maxon Cinema Four D. Click on that and you'll be able to use this site too. So that you will be able to apply or customize it, everything over here. And if you want to know, let's say increase your functionality of Adobe after Effect, you can download it and use it directly. Because it also will obviously increase your functionality in Adobe after effect and in tread animation, which you're doing in Adobe after effect. Hope you understood everything about this lesson on this file Ribon and everything you have to know about this basics. Let's move on to our next lesson of Adobe After Effect, where we're going to learn all about the Edit Ribbon, which you can see over here. And we're going to show you how all of these tools work. And then we're going to go through them one by one, step by step. 16. Edit ribbon: Welcome back to our another lesson of Adobe After Effect. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the Edit ribbon and how the tools function in this Edit ribbon of Adobe after Effect. Without any further ado, let's just hop onto the lesson by opening up Adobe after Effect on our device. As I've opened up Adobe after effect in my previous lesson, we covered all of the tools of the file Ribbon. Now in this lesson, I'm going to cover up all of the tools which we have over on this edit ribbon. Now the first things first I'm going to need a footage. I'm going to click on File Open Project. I'm going to press on Cancel. For now, what I'm going to do is just open a previous one, imported recent. I'm going to use hot air balloon. Now as I have it, I'm going to put it one on the timeline. Now what I'm going to do is going to be clicking on Edit. Now the first one, or the first tool which we see over here, is called undo. Now in Adobe after effect, it also shows you what process or what work or command did you apply first. Now the previous command which I did first is called create romp or comp from selection. I'm going to press on this and you can see that this has not been turned or converted into a composition. If I click on Edit again, there we have is redo. You can also under the import if you want to. So you can see that I do not have my footage imported, but if I press on control shift and Z, you can see that it has redone the process. If I press on control shift and Z again, it has turned it into a composition. So I'm not going to use this composition. I'm going to use to let this, and I'm going to take this imported file into this so that I can convert only one layer or one footage into a composition. The next tool which we have over here is called history. Now the history is very simple. Now, whatever process or whatever work you do in Adobe after effect, all of the commands or all of the works which you do will appear over here but in separate section. And you can see in history, first thing we have is undue delete item. Now just as I deleted one item, it has appeared over here. I deleted one item so it can show me that undue delete items. Then what I did was create a confirm selection. Then the one which I did before that was add markers. Before that we clear the layer, deleted the item two times, imported one. I can see all of them are done over here. When I click on it, meds do redo comp. I'm going to just take this one over here. I'm going to delete one of them. Press on Yes, because I'm not going to be needing extra one. I'm going to just take one of these over here. The next tool which we have over here is very simple, which is cut, copy, and paste. Now there are a couple of different things which you have to keep in mind. Now you can see that even though we have cut, copy and paste, there are certain two or three things in between them. Which is copy from our, copy with property links, copy with relative property links, and copy expression only. Now when we take one element, there is a property link to it. Let's say I downloaded one or downloaded a footage and then I want to apply it or save it or take it to another layer or maybe another composition. Now, do you want all of its properties carried on with it or do you want the relative property links to carry along with it? Now you can see that when I extend this, the name of this one is called. Let's see, increase it a bit more. Hot air balloon. The properties are also over here. We have the type which is X D M x. The megabytes is 21, frame ray 25. There we go, we have the rest of it. And we also have this path. Okay? You can customize it or you can also keep it just the way you want it to be. But one thing is that when you copy one file directly over to another layer or another panel, sometimes what happens is that it does not take the whole property along with it. So what it does is that it just basically takes only the footage. If you want to take all of it altogether. The thing what you have to do is going to be a bit different. The thing what you have to do is copy it with all of its properties. That is only when you'll be able to take those along so that you can see and obviously work according to the properties with it. Let's say to fill up that criteria, we have these options of copy with property links and copy with relative property links. The one thing we have over here is called copy expressions only. Now whatever effect has been applied on a specific footage, now you want to copy that footage. Okay? But you don't want the effect to carry on with it too. So for that reason you have to copy expressions. Only only the default file or the background file will be taking along but not the edit with it. Now after you click on Copy or Cut, when you click on Cut, you can see you will be able to remove it first and you have to use it delete. I'm going to press on control V. Then I pasted it back again. And there we have our composition, which is the same one. Now you can also copy it up, made control C, control V. There we go, we have another one. But now this is two over here. So this is basically how it helps to find out or organize which one is the background and which one is the copy. Now let's move on to the next tool which we have over here. Now I'm going to press on page, I'm going to press on control Z. And I'm going to do keep it just the way it is. Okay. We can also clear it up if I want to as I do not have it right now. I don't have any copies. This is part grade out. Now if you want to duplicate any layer or any composition, or any file, just press on Control and D and you will basically be able to make a duplicate out of it. I'm going to click on it again. And the reh, it also, we can see that with a couple of these tools or commands, there is a shortcut key, so we can make duplicate like Control and D on your keyboard. And you can see there's a duplicate. And I can also click on here Control D, and you can see there is also a duplicate. And if I also want a duplicate of this composition, control D, and you can see you can make basically duplicates on almost all elements and almost all footages Depending on where you want to apply it or where you want to duplicate. It basically works on the same way and the same method. Okay. So you do is remove this one too. And the Go, we have it. And you can also do it like this. Okay? First off, you have to select any one of these elements are footages. Click on Edits, and then click on Duplicate over here. There you go. You have your duplicate of that specific file, even if you want more properties out of it. You can also see it from over here. This is ten ADP 1920. Then we also have 11 seconds, 11 milliseconds, 25 FPS, and the name of it, and also the format, and also the audio and the bit depth, and also what type of sound it is using. Okay, so this is basically how it works. Okay, Now the next so which we're going to cover up is called the split layer. Now as I do not have any layer applied, but when I click on any one of these elements or footages over here, it is already a layer. Okay. So all the layers are basically put down over here. Later by later you can add up multiple elements, multiple footages to get your exact result. Okay. Now the first thing I'm going to be doing is going to be clicking on Edits, and then we have a split layer. Now when I click on split Layer, it has already been split in two. Okay, there we go. We have one split on the specific layer now, even though you cannot see it. But if you basically have two or three layers of elements on it, then you'll be able to see where there is the split. Okay, I'm going to click on this, click on Edits, I'm going to do is split layer again. Now you can see when I take it over here, it has been split, okay? So over here it did not look any different. But when I clicked on it and you can see it has made into two layers. You can see one over here, which is the beginning, and one over here which is the main, but a total one. Okay, so this is basically how you will be able to compose a couple of videos. Then we have a lift work area I'm to do is going to be clicking on any one of these elements. I'm going to do is click on Edits. I'm going to do is left work area and you can see you'll be able to lift it up out of this composition. You can see we don't have it, but then we all suddenly we just have it. Okay, so this is basically kind of like, you know, removing that up, I just pressed on control z under the process so you can also work with it. Now the next tool which we have over here is called the extract work area. Now you can extract the work area however you want. First off select any one of these layers, Samad, Use the second layer, click on Edits, click on Extract, And you can see, basically you cannot see it, but this has been extracted, okay. So you can apply it. Control V, over here, Sad, put this over here, Click on Edits, you can extract this work area two, and you can see this is how it works. Then you can also apply it just the way you want to. Now, how do you do that? First off, let's just undo the process and keep them right over there as they have been extracted. But they did not appear up in the project panel. Why? Because when you extract up any of the data, it stays in your clipboard. Okay. Or you can cut it up. I would suggest you to cut it up instead of extracting it up, because when you extract it, somehow you have to either undo the process or you have to paste up that certain clip or footage and then customize it however you want. I would suggest you to make different layers of specific elements or even animations. Or even if you use a footage and then use the layer so that you can actually compose it in such a way so that actually you get your result without facing a couple of problems. Now the next tool which we're going to cover up or which I'm going to show you is going to be Select All. Now if you want to select all of the layers, it works the same way on every software, even OSS. What you're going to do is just press on control A and you can see all of them has been selected at the same time. If I do it over here, control all of the elements or all of the projects has been selected at the same time. So this is basically how it works almost on all cases of software. I'm going to select on this layer, again, I'm not going to be using all of them. So I'm going to do is first off click on any one of these layers. I'm going to click on Edit again. And then we have is Select All. First off, select All, and then you also have Select All, which is control shift and a control, a select Control shift and as far select All. Now the next tool which we're going to do, which we're going to show you is called Label. Now the label is a very useful tool for organizing any one of your elements, your footage, your video, whatever there is which you're working with. Now you can see that the composition is of this color, okay? You can see both of them are of this color, But over here when I'm using the main one, you can see the main video which I'm using, or the footage I'm using, is still extracted from over the main imported file. You can see the colors are still the same. Now if I change it, I'm going to click on it, click on Edits, click on Label, and now I want a bit of purple. You can see now the purple has been applied on that specific file, even though I changed the color of the specific file over here. But why did these not change? These ones did not change because I edited it just right now. Now this file is going to be this color. Now if I use this and click on Edits and go over the label, let's say I want to use Orange. You can see the ones which are being used will change directly, which are basically compositions. Okay? But the ones which I took up directly or did before I edited the label of the main file will not change over on the timeline panel. So make sure the label up before you start working so that you can find out whichever format or whichever file you are using. So go to use, remove just one of them. Let's see, I'm going to remove both of them. And take this one over here. And now you can see even this one has changed. Right over here, Okay, it's now totally purple. Now if I change this one over here, click on Edit. Go off the label Can, and you can see the color over here. And also here has changed just the way I did it now as we're done with label now the next one is called the Select Key Frame Label Group. So I'm going to do is going to be clicking on any one of these wells. Just use this. Click on Edits. Now you have this Select Key Frame. What is the key frame that you want? Okay, I'm going to click on one of these. Now you can see this is not over here, neither it is over here. Let's try this out. It's still not. I'm going to use the label it first. Edit, label color. You can also edit the label color if you want to. It will open up this panel for you and you'll be able to select whichever color you want. Lee maybe somewhere around over here. Okay, there we go. We have it. Node is going to be using, you can see this is 25 FPS and we did not make any key frame, okay? So we have to either first off make a key frame out of it and then you will be able to label it up up to your desire, Okay? So I'm going to do skip this part right now. And then the next one which we have is called Purge. Now what do you want to do with Purge? So the Purge basically removes all cache, all memory, disc cache, memory, disk cache, and then three D cache and undo all of it. Okay, there's also image cache, memory. You'll be able to purge all of them or remove the ones which you want, and you can also select the ones which you want to. You can see this has been purged. You can see it over here. When you go off to Edit, click on Purge, and we have all cache. You can see it tells you clear disk cache, which is delete all 22 GB of your disc cache. I'm going to press on cancel. And you can see over here, just like I said in previous lesson, there's this green part which loads up when I press on it. Now you can see this is being more load up. So when this whole green thing loads up, it will obviously show you the smoothest file, or the smoothest video, however you want to preview it as okay. But before it gets removed, make sure to not play it or let it load up first, or play it and then let it load at the same time. And then you will get a smooth view or preview of that whole video or footage which you have applied on Adobe after effect. Now you have this edit original and also edit an Adobe Audition. Now this is going to require a separate, you know, let's say software which you have to download, but let's just skip this part. But there we go. We have edit Original. Now, on my previous lesson, just like I said, there is this option called increment and safe, right? It allows you to use the original file even though if you don't like, you know, apply effect on it so you can go off the edits if you have any increment file and then you have this option called edit original. It will allow you to use the original file or the default file, however it is without even using the default file if you have it or not. The next one is called the Team Project. Now you can get the latest change, what the person are, just like I said, you can work simultaneously at the same time. But one thing is that sometimes you might not be able to see it now if you want to get the latest changes and which parts it has been changed, sometimes the parts are not visible or it cannot be noticeable. So you can click on Get the Latest changes and it'll be after effect will identify the parts which has been changed after you work on it. Then we also have Share My changes, resolve conflicts, convert team project to project, and then we also have media management. Now after that, we have templates. Now what type of templates do you want there? We have Render Settings and Output Module. Now, when I click on Render Settings, you will be able to set up whatever type of render settings you want to work on with. Now the setting name over here is called the Best Settings. And there we have current settings, DV settings, draft settings and multi machine settings. Measure to use the best settings over here. Movie Best settings and current settings and all of it according to how it was on default. And then if you want to customize it up to, you can also change it if it's up to you, but I'm going to suggest you to use this default mode and then price on. Okay, And then you're good to go. Now the next one, which we have over here is called the output module. Now if you want to customize your output module too, it will appear up in quite the same way, but the names over here are quite different. So I would also suggest you to use this default mode. But one thing you can change over here is that you can change the frame default over here into high quality, okay? It will also give you a better quality and you can also use it with alpha. And there is this option called loss less, okay? Even if you use lossless, the resolution will be spot on. Very good. But one thing is that it will require a lot of space. If you use Photoshop, it will take the exact amount of space and even more. So you can use high quality with Alpha or lossless, or Photoshop if you have a lot of storage. Okay, So use whichever one you want, according to your need and then save it up. Now the next one which we have is called the preference. Now what type of preference do you want to get from there? We have general preference, start up and repair preference previews, display import output, and so on. Even three D. Okay, If you want to get any of those preferences from Adobe, after effect, select any one of these. Something like maybe I want three D preferences, now it will show me or show up in a while. And you can see these are the preferences or the settings which I basically need. Now the camera manipulation point is indicator. You can also put a directional indicator if you want to rotate your camera view. Then we also have camera navigation. You have this magnified composition, and we also have drag direction. If you want to, you can go through each and every one of those and customize it according to your need. After you're done, just press on Okay, and then you're good to go. Then we also have Sync Settings Now, click on Sync Settings now, and you have to choose the Upload settings. And then you'll be able to sync up whatever progress you're doing. And it will be auto saved on the Adobe Cloud or Adobe Creative Cloud every time you make any changes on it. Okay, so that is how it works on this, okay. Sync settings. Then we have this keyboard shortcuts. Now if you want to see what type of commands are going to happen when you press on your keyboard, you can see all of them over here. Even if you don't memorize or remember any one of them. Even though when you go off to the ribbons, you basically see what commands and how the shortcut works. But if you want a clear view and if you want to, maybe you memorize them, you can just go off the keyboard shortcuts and find them out. And also memorize it. And use it so that you can make your work a lot more easier. Okay, now the last two which we have is called the Paste Moca tool. Now as I do not have anything to paste over here, so it just, it's just over there. And great outs as I do not have the mask. So it's going to be great apps. But if you have any mask object which you want to apply directly on Adobe after effect, just click on Paste, Moka Mask. And it will appear right over here on your composition panel or your timeline panel, and you'll be able to use it. So hope you understood everything about this lesson on how you'll be able to use the tools of this added ribbon and Adobe after effect. And all of the tools which are over here. And just like the same, we also have this over here. And on file we have this exit which you will be able to exit Adobe after effect. So let's move on to our next lesson where we are going to learn about composition. And I'm also going to be showing you a separate lesson on how you will be able to use this, you know, timeline panel and how it works. And how you'll be able to edit your footages however you want. So without any further ado, let's move on to our next lesson. And hope you understood everything. And even though if you have any question or any confusion, feel free to ask me anything and I will help you through the whole course. 17. Composition and basic tools of timeline panel: Welcome back to another lesson of Adobe After Effect. In this lesson, we're going to learn about how this composition ribbon and the basic tools of Timeline panel works in Adobe After effect. We're going to cover through almost all the tools which we have. And we're also going to try to cover all the basic tools which we have in our timeline panel. Without any further ado, let's just move on to our lesson by opening up Adobe after effect on our device. You can see that I have come back to the part where we left off in our previous lesson and where we learned all about the Edit Ribbon. In this lesson, we're going to learn about how this composition panel or Composition Ribbon works in Adobe After Effect. Okay, and we're also going to go through a couple of these tools which we see over here and also over here. Okay, so we're going to go through them one by one. Let's start off with our Composition ribbon. Now the first tool which appears up on this composition ribbon is called the new composition. Now if you want to make up a new composition, you can already see that when we remove it, there are two types of buttons. In the first lesson, you've seen it. So if you want to make a new composition, just click on this and you'll be able to see this interface. First off, name the composition. Let's say I'm going to name it Rose and then select what presets you want. You can see that over here, there is a lot of FPS and a lot of resolution, which you'll be able to use. But the average FPS over here is somewhere around 22, 23, okay? Most of them are like 20, 425-206-2930 and all of those, okay? But there is none, which is 60. You'll be able to customize it later on, but let's just select any one of these. You can see this is HD. There's also ultra HD, which you can select from four K to eight K. Then we also have different type of resolutions for different types of panels or, you know, devices. There we have TV. Then we have DVC Cinema Half Son, full film film, 2k4k. It's all up to you and, you know, when you are using these type of or making these type of videos, 25, 24 is kind of like the best FPS which you can use. Also, you can also use 30 FPS which is also very good. Okay, and after you're done with this, make sure to select any one of them and then select, you can also customize the width and the height if you want to. And you can also lock up the aspect ratio which is 1.78 which matches up to the ratio of 16 S to nine. Now if you use 16 is to ten, it should be somewhere around like 821.82 or maybe 22.1 That is how it works. And then the next one which you have to select is going to be the pixel aspect ratio. Now you can see that there are different ones of them, and you can see this is 22.1 which is going to be somewhere around two K, which you will be able to use. Or 16.10 So you can select from any of the ones which you want and then you're good to go. Now if you want a higher fresh rate, now you can see only there are 22 to 30 FPS, but let's say you want 60. Just cut this out. Type in 60 I'm going to do, just cut this out, 60. Hit on Enter, and you can see this will be a 60 resolution, or let's say 60 FPS video. So first thing I'm going to do is just keep it this way. I need this video. Now I'm going to do is go off the composition again. Click on New Composition. And the next one which you have is frames per second. You can also customize it. You can also increase it up to 120 FPS. Now, next one is called the drop frame. Now if you want to drop the frame, you can also do that. Now the resolution is full, half, third, and quarter. Now, what type of resolution do you want? Okay, so I want full, so I'm going to click on Full. Now select the time, time code and also the duration. And also fix out your background color. Now if you want to go off to advance, you will basically see a couple of anchors you will face. This is the anchor which you'll be able to apply. Then we also have preserved frame rate when nested or in render cube. Then you can also preserve the frame, let's say when you render any of the footage and when you preserve it or when you are rendering the video or the footage, sometimes it decreases the frame rates. Okay. So if you want to preserve the frame rate and keep it intact, make sure to click on preserved frame rate and also preserve resolution when nested. And then fix the shutter angle, the shutter phase, and also the sample per frames, and also adaptive sample limits. And after you're done, just press on. Okay. And then you're good to go. And the last one which we see over here is called the Treaty Renderer, when you are using the Cinema Four K or Maxon. You will be able to apply more effects if you are using this three D render. Now, what renderer do you want to use for that process? Now there is this Cinema four D, just like I said. Now if you already have that Maxon or Cinema Four D downloaded on your device, which I've shown, you know, the software where you can download it from that website, You can download it and then use it And you can apply the effect if you want to. So you can use this tinema four D, or you can also use the classic three D if you want to. And you can see, just like it says, Lear can be positioned as planes in three D space. But when you're using this four D space, you can see this is how it will look like and when you disable it, this is how it will look like. Okay, you can already see the difference. You can see this part looks very clear, this part is not. So this is how it works. The enabled has this lights and shadows extruded in level three D texts and shapes. Material overrides on text shapes, bevels and sides curved footage layer environment. In reflection, only depth passes with three D channel effects and requires precomposing. Okay, This is what happens when you enable it and when you disable it. And you can go off the options and also customize it up. And fix it up just the way you want it and just rename the composition. And after you're done, just make sure to click on okay and just work or fiddle with these tools if you want to. Even if you don't want to, you can start off work without even thinking again or if you have just any confusion with it, just make sure to skip this part out and then you're good to go. After waiting for a while, you can see the cinema render options. You can fix it up a typical extreme quality or you can fix the speed whichever one you want. But I'm going to cancel it up. And I'm going to just cancel this up too, because I'm not going to be applying those effects or I'm not going to be using for D right now. Because I do not have 40 cinema downloaded on my device. Okay. But even without it, you don't have to worry. You will be able to use almost all of the tools in Adobe after effect. Now the next one which we're going to do is going to be Composition Settings. Now if you want to fix out the Composition Settings, which is basically the same, you can fix it up from over here. Let's see on this part I'm going to do is keep it 45 and then press on, okay? And you will basically see now this is 45 frames per second. So this is basically how you change, you know, the FPS. Now if I play it up, you will basically see that there are renders, okay? There are a couple of renders which are being happened over here. And I can see one part is that it is a lot more smoother. Okay, This is a lot more flowing. Now if I'm clicking on Composition, and I want it maybe 90 frames per second, I'm going to click on, okay. And there will be 90 frames per second. Now I'm going to do is play it up. And you can see this is a lot more fluid. Now I'm going to do is going to be increasing the size. Let's see how it looks like, okay. This is basically how it will look like even though the pre made, you know, the video or the footage is on 25. But you can increase the frame rates in such a way so that you'll be able to use it. And it basically just applies in the motion with it. So let's say when you are turning it into a slow mo, or hyperlapse, you won't have to worry about frames because the motions are going to help you to make it look a lot more smoother than how it actually is. So this is now you know how you will be able to convert any footage into a higher frame rated video. So the next tool which we have over here is called a set poster time. Now when you click on this and you'll be able to apply in the poster time. Okay, so just to apply in the time, you'll be able to do that. Then we also have this trim crop, so I'm going to use. First off, make sure to posit up. I'm going to just click on Composition and Trim Comp to work area. Now you can see that this part will be trimmed up into the crop area, our comp area. Now this is the comp area, basically. Okay. And you want it to appear right over there. You will be able to do that with that soap. Now, the next one which we have is called the crop comp to region of interest. Now, as I did not put any part of interest, you can see now this is still rendering the green parts. You can see over here. This is rendering as I drag it up and down on this panel. Okay, When I play it up, it will render up the whole thing and make it go smooth. Now I'm going to click on Composition. Now the next one which we have is called Adobe Media Encoder Que. Now for this reason now, you have this option to add it to Adobe Media Encoder que, so that you can render it up. So I'm going to click on Ad, and you can see EGB plug in Encoder is not installed. First off, you have to install it up first and then you'll be able to use it, okay? So this is basically kind of like an encoder which is going to help you to encode this video in such a way so that you can get all the properties and maybe also queue it up for render if you want to. Now the next tool which we have is called Ad to Render que. Now if you want to render the video after you're done, just click on a to render cue and a panel will open up. You don't have to worry, you just have to take a bit of time. And you can see on this timeline panel, we have this rendered cue. Now you'll be able to customize it. Not customize it as edit the video, but customize the output and also the render settings. And after you're done, just click on Render and you will be able to save it and also export it with the best quality and your required quality up to you. Okay, now I'm going to do is go off the composition. Next, we can also cut up this part. Now you can see the tools over here. You can select whichever one you want. We have best full. And then what cache do you want? Read only or you customize? Use this frame rate. You can also use the com frame rate which is 90 FPS and afridns press on, okay. And it will be rendered up and also saved up so that you will be getting the best video out of it. Okay, now the next tool which we have over here is called Ad Output module. So I'm going to first off click on over here, select any one of these layers or the video or the footage which you already have. Go off to composition. And now we have is this tool called Ad to Output Modules. First off, I'm going to click on any one of these I'm going to do, go off the Composition next, which is basically the same thing I'm going to do is go off the composition, and we have at Output module. So click on it and you'll be able to add it to output module again. Now I can see when you are already in the render settings or the render queue, there is already an output module okay, which you'll be able to customize it now. Most of the time I try to keep it on loss less or maybe H 264, which is also really good match render settings. And we also have this one, but just like I said, I try to use it, use this loss list or high quality. Okay. It gives me off a very good type of video. But you can also use Photoshop if you want the exact type of colors being used on the specific footage while you are working on Adobe after effect. Now you can also get the preview of it. Just click on like Preview and play Current Preview. And there we go, we have it. Okay. So this is basically how it works on Adobe after effect and how you'll be able to use these tools. Now the next one which you have is called Save Frame. As now you can also save the frames. Okay, So if you want to save it as a file, as a Photoshop layer or Pro XR, you can customize it. And you can also you save it up and see how it works. And if you want to customize it on Photoshop, if you want to use that photo, then I would suggest you to use Photoshop layers and save it up. And then you'll be able to use it and customize it in Adobe Photoshop. Now we also have prerender. Now if you want to pre render the video and also, you know, use it or render it for the later purpose too, and you are wanting or you expect a better result than I would suggest you to pre render. If you prerender, it is already a bit rendered and also has the effect and you want to apply in more effect, then just go off to prerender and render it up back again so that you get the best quality and the best result out of that footage and the work which you're doing in Adobe after effect. Now the next one which we have is called the Safe Current preview. Now as I already have my preview, you can also see the audio and cache frames when idle are also saved. So we already have it saved on our PC, so we do not need to. Now, the next tool which Adobe After Effect offers in the Composition ribbon is called the Open and Essential Graphic. Now you can also open it up in Essentials graphic. You can see this is the panel of Essentials graphic. You'll be able to name it up, name the primary, choose it up and you can fix what properties you want to use. You can see it over here, all of these tools. And the next one is also Poster Time. You'll be able to use them too if you want to. And then if you want to make a motion graphic or an animation, just click on this export motion graphics template and then you are good to go and you'll be able to turn this into a motion graphic. Okay, so you can use it if you want to. I'm going to do is close the panel because I do not need it right now. So I'm going to do is just keep on with this lesson and I'm going to do is keep on the transforms for later purpose. Because I'm going to be showing you the basic tools of Adobe after effect two. Okay, Now the next composition tool, which we have over here, is called the Responsive Design Time. Now when you click on this, you can see that what do you want to make? Now if you want to create an intro, you can create it. If you want to make an outro, you can also make it. You can also make a protected region from work area, so that that protected part or let's say cannot be edited anymore. So it's going to be up to you. You can fiddle through these tools. The next tool which we have is called the Composition Flow Chart. If you want to make a flow chart out of it, just make sure to click one over here and you can see the flow chart over here. Auditor balloon composition, and the video. Okay, so this is basically how it works. I'm going to do to remove that part because I'm not going to be needing that. It basically helps you to organize your data and see which file it has been taken from or extracted from and how it is working. So you can also see it if you want to. And then we have a composition mini flow chart. You can also click on this. And there we go, we have it. Okay. So even though this is not that totally visible. So I'm going to do is go off to the next one which is called the VR. You already know what it is, which is virtual reality. You can make a VR environment if you want to, or you can extract it from a Q map. Now, there are two of these methods, so I'm going to click on the first one, Create VR Environment. I'm going to press on Okay. And it will take a while for you to apply it. You can see scripting in expression. I'm going to click on. Okay. And then it will take a bit of a time to make it into V R. Basically, it will just turn into two of the videos, one over here, one over here. And it will make a V R environment on this exact layer which you are seeing right now. Basically we are almost done. And the next one which we have is called the extract cube map. Press on. Okay. Scripting and expression do the same thing. You can see scripting expression and enable. And I'm going to press on okay and you can extract the cube map if you want to. You can see now you can also select what you want. You can see this is the one I want and then I'm going to do is just click on Extract Cube Map. It will take a while and you'll basically see that this has turned into a R master camera. You can see this is how it will look like. But basically when you use that exact, let's say the glasses or the headset which you're using to wash the VR, then you will be able to see how it looks like. Except for that you will not be able to see it on your screen like this. Because obviously it will be extended and it will not look good. So hope you understood everything about this lesson on this composition ribbon. Now the next one which we're going to go up to in this lesson is going to be the basic tools of timeline panel. So I've already shown you how this video works I'm going to do. First off, delete this I'm going to do is just take this tool or take this video over here. I'm going to do paste it up even though if it is not working, this is not the composition. So I'm going to do, just take this. There we go, we have our video. Now the thing, what I'm going to be doing is going to be using these basic tools. Now the first tools which we have over here is called a solo. Okay? This basically helps you to find out or apply or make changes on the solo layer if you want to. Now, the next one is called a lock layer. You can lock up your layer so that you are not able to make change on any of it. Okay, so you can lock it up. Now the next one which we have is called the extent you will be able to apply a lot of effect on the specific layer if you want to, by clicking on over here and applying what you want to. Okay, Then we also have a label, which I'll be able to change and the name of the layer or the number of the layer. And you'll also be able to make the changes or rename this exact whatever footage you are using. And then the tool which we have over here is a bit different. Okay, When you click on this, it basically hides the layer and on your timeline basically. But you can see this is not hidden. So you can see over here and when you click on or over it, you can see what it basically does. Hides layer in timeline. Now the next tool which you see over here is called the comp layer. It collapses transformation from vector layers continuously and rasterizes as I do not have an element or a graphic to use, but as I'm using a footage over here, you can see this is how it works. You cannot apply it, but if you use an element, you will be able to use it. Now, the next one, which you see over here is quality and sampling. Now you can toggle through these, okay? You can see this is basically a bit different and this one is a bit different, okay? So you can see this is rounded. You'll be able to see if you're using an element, I'm going to show it to you. This is going to be a bit pixelated and the last one is going to be smooth. Okay? The next one is called Effects. First off, you have to select one of these and apply the effects on any one of these. You can see effects and you'll be able to apply it, but I'm going to show it to you later on. And the next one, which we call is called the frame blending. If you want to blend up certain frames altogether, just make sure to click on over here and it will be blended up altogether. Okay, and the next one is called the motion blur. If you want a bit of motion blur applied on your video, just make sure to play it and there will be a bit of motion blur. The next one is called the adjustment layer. Now, if you want a bit of automatic adjustment layer, you can also apply it. And the last one which you see is called the three D layer. You'll be able to see the changes when we are using, you know, graphics or when we are basically using a couple of elements on it. So obviously, I have added in or attached in a couple of elements, but I'm going to be showing it to you at the end of the course because we have a lot to learn before that. Okay, so after these tools are basically done, the next tools which we basically have are the ones over here. This tool helps you to compose a mini flow chart tab. The next one is called the Hide all Layers, which is Shy Switch. This is basically togglable when you click on it. All the layers which you will have are going to be hidden all at the same time. The next one, it enables frame blending for all the layers all at once. You can basically see all of them over here. Basically, these just help you to apply it on all of the ribbons, on all of the layers which you have in Adobe After Effect Timeline panel. And the last one which you see is called the graph editor. You can apply or make changes on the graph editor however you want. And I will also show it to you at the end of this course how it basically works and how you'll be able to make changes on each and every one of them. I hope you understood everything about this lesson on this composition ribbon. And also about the basic tools of timeline panel and how you'll be able to customize it and also make changes on it. In our next lesson, we're going to learn all about this layer ribbon. Also, we're going to show you how you'll be able to apply in effect on your specific footage. And also how these tools actually make change when you are using them on certain elements or graphics. Let's move on to our next lesson of Adobe after effect. 18. Layer and applying effect on footage and elements: Welcome back to our another lesson of Adobe After Effect. In this lesson, we're going to learn about the Layer ribbon and how to apply effects on footages and elements without any further ado. Let's open up Adobe After Effect on our device. On my screen, you can see that I have opened up Adobe After Effect. So the first thing I'm going to be doing is going to be opening up a new project. And that I'm going to do is going to be opening up the resources which I need. I'm going to click on all file formats and then I'm going to do is select one of this photo. And then I'm going to do is going to be select one of this. Let's just select on one, which is going to be our video. And click on File. Click Open Project is going to be clicking on Don't Save. Let's click on File Open Project. Click on all file formats. Just select on Open. There we go. We have it over here. I'm going to do is going to be clicking on, again, over here. I'm going to be clicking on where I have my resource. I'm going to open this up Import. And you can see that I have another photo, Imported right over here. And I'm going to take this one over on this panel two which is going to be visible. So if I hide it up, only this part on this part will be available, are visible. Okay, So I'm going to select on this. First I'm going to do zoom in or zoom out. And then I'm going to do is going to be taking or resizing it in such a way so that this is a lot more visible. Okay, so you can see this is how it works. I'm going to do is take it over on this side. There we go. There we go. We have it. Now as we have this photo over here, also with our video, which we have over here, we're going to work with them. Now, the first part we're going to cover up or finish up is going to be the layer ribbon. First off, on our layer ribbon, the first tool is called new. Now on the new one, we have a couple of things which you can apply on our layer. Okay, there are text solid light camera null, object shape layer adjustment layer, content aware, fill Adobe Photoshop file and Maxon cinema four D. So you'll be able to open up these specific objects or these specific elements from this specific tool. Okay, Now on the next option or the next tool which we have is called the layer settings. Now first off, you're going to need up to make a new layer. So what I'm going to do is apply in a light layer, so I'm going to keep it wide, press on. Okay, never again. Okay, there we go. Now we have this light effect which we applied right over here. Okay, then what I'm going to be doing is clicking on Layers again and click on this light settings. So whatever you apply, the settings will appear over here and you'll be able to customize it. Let's increase the intensity. The cone angle, the cone feather, the follow up to be smooth and then follow up distances to be keeping just the way it is. Press on. Okay. And there we go. We have applied it and you'll be able to navigate it by using your scroll key. Hold onto your scroll key, and you'll be able to navigate or move through this panel. Okay, I'm going to do is going to be taking this out, if you don't need it, just hit on Delete. And you can see that the light file which we had or the light effect which we applied has been removed of that layer. Now go off the layers again, and then we have this option called Open Layer. Now when you click on Open Layer, you will be able to open up a layer. You can see this is the layer which is opened right now, so I'm going to zoom out and you can still see this is only one layer. So let's say if I use click on this and click on Layers and click on Open Layer, only that layer will open up and I will be able to play it up just the way I want it to be. Okay, so this is basically how it works when you use this open layer option or open layer tool. The next tool which we have is called the Open Layer Source. Now you can also press on Numpad Enter. Now when you press on Alt and Numpad Enter, you'll basically be able to find out the resource or the file where you got the footage from. Now you can see that when I press on A and then numpad enter if you have a numpad. So you'll be able to find out the resource or find out the layer source. Okay, so this is the source. Now you can see the footage. The main footage. This is this one. The composition is not playing like except the main file is being played. So you have to keep that thing in mind. I'm going to do is going to be holding onto this and removing this part because I'm not going to be needing that anymore and I need to move onto the next one. Okay, so I'm going to click on Effect or press on Escape first. I'm going to do, hold onto this and there we go, we have it I'm going to do is close this part out. And then I'm going to do is keep it on composition. Okay, now the next switch we have on layers is going to be revealed in Explorer. You can also reveal an Explorer if you want to, where we have our resource file. Okay, so you can see that this is the resource file where we have it, and this is how it basically works when you click on this option of Reveal Explorer. Okay, now the next option, or the next tool is called the Mask Tool. Now you'll be able to extract or use a specific part of any specific element in Adobe after effect by masking up an object or masking up a layer. So when I click on New Mask, you can see a mask has been created. And then you'll be able to customize only this part if you want to. Even if you want to change or less ma use this animo, keep it up till here. Or you can also customize it if you want to. You can also change the way it looks like and you can also make tools out of it. Okay, so it's going to be totally up to you how you're going to work with it. And I will also show it to you with a couple of shapes to how you'll be able to make it in this lesson. Okay, so let's go off the layer option as this is going to be the mask and then we have this mask shape. So if you want to mask the shape of any object, I'm going to do is you have to fix this up from over here. And then you'll be able to customize it or work with it however you want. After you're done, just make sure to hit on. Okay. And then you will be able to see that the mask has been created. Okay, So the mask has been created. I'm going to do is remove the footage which I already have. And there we also have this main composition, but this is just the layer, so I'm going to do remove that part and we're not going to be needing that right now. Then the next option, or the next tool which we have over here are these ones. You'll be able to mask up certain objects or certain layers of any footage or any element which you have on your panel. Okay, and you can also reset, remove, and also change the modes and invert it up. You can apply motion blur. You can see on the modes there is add, subtract, intersect, lighten, darken. Well, these are basically kind of like blending up those, you know, whatever you apply on your masked object. Then we also have inverted. You can also invert up the masked object into the background if you want to. You can lock it up. You can apply motion blur on the same layer or on all layers. And you can also have feather fall off if you want to. And the last things we have over here is called unlock all mask, lock other mask and hide locked masks. Okay, so this is all about mask, how you'll be able to make changes or you know, work on a specific object, on a specific element or a footage. Okay, So that is going to be a bit complex if you are new to Adobe after effect, even if you are using similar type of software such as Adobe Premiere Pro. But if you worked with Adobe Illustrator, then you will know how this mask option works, but that is going to be totally different. In Adobe After Effect, you have to find out key points and also key frames out of every frame you have over on Adobe After Effect or on the footage which you have on. Okay. Now the next tool which we have is called the Mask and Shape path. Now if you want to mask up a certain elements of a certain, you know, footage or maybe an image and you want to shape a path, then this tool will be helpful for you. So as I removed the mask. So this is not working anymore. So let's go off to quality now. What type of quality of layer do you want? Now, there are three types of quality, best, draft and wireframe. Now you can use whichever one you want. So I most of the time use wireframe because it just helps me to increase or decrease without losing any aspect of resolution. But even if you use the best, it will also give you the best quality of, you know, videos or audios, whichever one you have on your specific layer. Now the next layer which I'm going to go through or the next tool which I'm going to go through is going to be the switches. But before that, one thing I forgot to mention is about the bilinear and bicubic. Well, these are basically two different types of render, okay, Renders, which basically happens on your footage or whatever element you have on. Now when you have bilinear, it's going to be syncing it up with your GPU on horizontally, okay? But when you use bubic, it's going to use your GPU to its extent so that you can also get the best bicubic type of video or footage and get your basic result. And also it will make it look a lot more better, but it will take a lot of GPU process, okay? So even if you want to work a lot more smoother and also get a very good result. A decent amount of result, then you have to use bilinear because this is very good. Okay, now let's move on to our next tool which is called the switches. Now the switches are basically these tools, okay? So these are basically the switches and you can see on top of them there are a lot of switches which are available. Now if you want to customize them, you have to first off go off to layers. Okay? First off, select on any one of these layers, go off the layers and then go off the switches. Now you'll be able to select on what you want. Now if you click on Shy, you'll basically see that Shy has opened up and all of them will be appearing up on this. Okay. You can apply on solo. Now this is Solo applied. Okay? You can see it over here. And you'll be able to customize it from whichever one you want. You can see Solo. Just like I said, if you click on solo, only one will be available, and when you lock it up, only that part will be locked up and cannot be even moot. This is how it changes when you basically use two or more elements or footages on Adobe after effects. Let's go off the layers again. And then we have a transform. Now in transform, there are a lot of tools which you'll basically find now it starts from reset to auto orient. Now you'll be able to customize the anchor point. The position, the scale rotation, opacity flips, center fit, and all of those. So let's try anchor point. You can see where is the anchor point right now, then you'll be able to customize it if you want to. You can see the anchor point is now on the right side of the photo. Then you'll be able to use on the y axis two and the units to be pixel inches or millimeters or percentage of source use whichever one you want and then press on. Okay. And you can see this is how this works. And you'll also be able to customize it just the way you want to. And fix out your anchor point. Okay, Then you're going to do is just click on this. And even though this is not locked, I'm going to select on this tool or select this too, and you'll be able to customize it or change the way it looks like. Okay, so it's totally up to you how you're going to want to customize it. Select on this layer, again, go off the layers. Now the next tool which we have over here is called the Time. Now, how do you want the time to be available and how do you want it to work? Now there are a couple of these options which you'll be able to fiddle through and see how those actually work. Now there's enabled time remapping. Now if you want time remapping on each and every one, let's click on them. And they will be time, you know, enabled. And you'll be able to customize it just the way you want it. And you can see there is a bit of change on each and every one. Okay, I'm going to go off the layers again and then I'm going to go off the time again. And then we have this time reverse layer. If you want a reverse layer, you can see now there is a part where it is reversed. So you'll be able to apply in a reverse layer if you want to, but if you don't want to just press on control Z and then you're good to go. And even when we applied one, you can see the time stamp was created right over here as you know, cube or a diamond. Okay, now the next tool which we have over here is called time stretch. If you want to stretch up a bit of time and make it a bit faster or congest up the time along with the footage, you'll be able to do that and press on. Okay. And the time will be congested just a bit for you. Okay. Now, the next tool which we have over here is called this freeze frame. You can also freeze up the frame if you want to, and that frame will be freezed. Let me just show it to you. Let's go off over here. I'm going to do is take this one part off. And then over here I want it to freeze a bit, so I'm going to click on later. Click on time freeze frame, and there is a freeze frame over here. Okay, so I'm going to do is going to be playing this up ship, hold onto space. You can see this is the part where it is freezed up. You can see this is how it works. You can see the frame has been frozen. This is basically how it works. When I press on control Z and plate, you'll basically see this is how it is playing right now. Okay, so hope you understood everything about this. Now let's move on to our next tool, which we have over here is freeze on last frame. You can also freeze the last frame if you want to. That's totally up to you. Now, the next one which we have is called the frame blending. If you want to apply the frame blending, first off, you're going to need a couple of frames. Now there are a couple of frames which you will be able to choose. Now, what do you want the frame blending to be? Is it the frame mix or the pixel motion select whichever one you want. Let's say I'm going to use the pixel motion and then I'm going to do is going to be using both of them at the same time. We'll be able to work with it along with it. We're going to press on okay. Hit on space and it will start up rendering, just like I said on the green part, which is rendering. And this is how it will work. Okay, now let's go off to our next tool, which is called the three D layer. If you want to make a three D layer, just click on this three D layer option. And a three layer will be added just for you. And you can see on the material option, this is where you will be able to apply in the three D effect. And if you want 40 effect, you need to have Maxon Cinema four D so that you will be able to use it. But as I'm not going to be using any one of these ma e, just keep it just the way it is on default. Okay, now the next tool which we have is called the guide layer. You'll be able to apply in a bit of guide layer if you want to. You can see when I move it, when I use this tool, you'll basically find that there will be a bit of guide on it. Okay? So I will be able to align it perfectly. You can see the guides over here, but it will not appear right over here. But this has turned into a guide layer right now. Now, when you apply different elements on a different, on this specific object, then you will basically be able to customize it or align it however you want to. Okay, so I'm going to do reduce the size a bit more. There we go. Let's just keep it on this corner. Then I'm going to go after the next tool, which we have over here is called the Markers. If you want to apply in markers, let's just take it a bit to this side. Click on layer, click on markers and then induce adding a marker so that you can keep you trace of which part you want to use. So you'll be able to add in markers on whichever part you want to find out later on fast. Okay, now let's go off to our next tool which we have here is called the preserve transparency. Now when you preserve the transparency, you will be able to preserve it, okay? So you can see that the transparency is basically on 100% right now because there is no, you know, transparency applied to it, okay? So you'll be able to preserve the transparency in another letter even though if you change the transparency, it will still be there and you'll be able to use it later on if you want to. Okay, later on if you want to, you know, apply this back again. Just go off to this over here and click on Blending modes and then you'll be able to customize it. But right now I'm going to use pass on control Z. You can see this is how it looks like. I'm going to go off on effect and I'm going to go off the layers again. And then we have is this blending option. You'll be able to apply all these types of effects if you want to lamina, go off to this fish over here, go off to layers. I'm going to go off to blending modes. And you'll be able to apply whatever you want. Lamina is going to be using darken. You can see this is how it looks like. I'm going to do is change it a bit more on either color. You can see I cannot see any one of these effects. I'm going to go off the blending mode again and I'm going to do is use color burn. You can see this is how it will look like, okay? So this is basically how it works in Adobe after effect. This is just basically, you know, blending options and transparency. And I'm going to go off the layers again. I'm going to press on this another tool or other, let's say footage. I'm going to go off the layers again. Now the next one which you're going to use is going to be next blending mode. And it can also apply in the next blending mode if you want to. Okay, so then you can go off the layers again and click on Blending Mode. But what happens when you use one and then try to apply another one? It will not work. You have to press on next blending mode and then apply another blending mode if you want to. The next one is called the previous blending mode. You'll be able to use the previous blending mode if you want to. You can just click on back. You can click on this, I'm going to do is click on previous blending mode. And you can see this is how it will look like if I go through layers again. Next blending mode and the same blending mode will be applied back on the specific, you know, photo which I'm using. Let's go off the layers again and the next one which is called the track mat. As I do not have any mats right now and I will not be using in this course. But if you have any track which you applied right now. So you'll be able to track the mat if you want to. Now there is this option called layer styles. Now what type of layer style do you want to apply on these specific elements or the specific layers? Now before getting into these options, we have drop shadow, inner shadow, outer shadow, inner glow, bevel, emboss, statin color, overlay, gradient overlay, and stroke. These are also basically type of effects which you'll be able to apply on a specific layer. Most of the time, if you've used Adobe Photoshop or Adobe Illustrator, you can apply these effects on shapes. But in Adobe after effect, you will be able to apply it on layers. Let's say apply outer globe so there will be a bit of outer glow on it. Okay, I'm going to use just press and there will be outer globe on it. Okay, Sma do is going to be pausing this video up. I'm going to go off the layers and move on to the next tools. The next option we have over here is called arrange. Now this is basically like arranging up. If you want to bring something forward backward, let's, I'm going to do, take this one backward. Now this is backward. Now if I want to take this up at the front again that I'm going to click on arrange, bring layer to front. There we go. We are basically done. Now let's move on to our next one, where we also have Reveal. Now in Reveal, this is basically how you can find out the source in your device, or even if it's on the Internet, how you'll be able to find it. Now when you click on Reveal and Explore, it will open up the folder where you have your resource. So if I click on its, you will basically see this is the resource file which I've attached in with the course, okay? So this is basically how it works on Reveal, okay? You can also see revealer source in project, in flow, chart composition in project, and also real expression error. If I click on its, you can see there is basically no expression errors. So this is basically how it is working. Now let's go off to the next one I'm going to do is click on any one of these. All I'm going to do is click on this rain option. Now the next one is called to Create. If you want to create or convert an editable text into a shape, or a shape to a text, or a mask to a text. Well, all of the features or all of these processes are done through this create tool in this later op. So you'll be able to fiddle through them and see how those actually work in this create option. Next it's called this camera. You'll be able to link focus distance layer, set focus distance layer, and also create a stereo Tre D rig if you want to. But this is all tre D related and also a bit complex to skip this part, if you have any lights, which I opened up, you'll be able to customize it from over here. You can autotrace any image, any part work area placed on. Okay. And you can see auto tracing. Well, this basically works on tracing an animated subject if you want to or an object. So I'm going to show it to you later on after this lesson. After we're done with this lesson, I'm going to be showing you a bit of how you'll be able to apply in effect on the footages or on the elements of Adobe after effect. If you want to apply in the three effect, you can apply it just the way you want to. Okay. So the next one which we have over here, is called a precompose. If you want to precompose it, you'll also be able to precompose it if you want to. And in a couple of cases, in a couple of, you know, let's say a couple of effects. You have to precompose your effect however you want. And also it's going to take up a less space and also less work at the next time when you compose it up. Okay, so you can use this precompose option two if you want to. Let's go off the lyrics again. And the last one which we have over here is called a Scene Edited Detection. Now which scenes have been edited? If you want to find that out from the layers, just click on this. Click on where you want to like create layer markers, press on. Okay. And you can see that this option will appear up and it will analyze the clips, whichever one you have turned on. And just like I said or just like I did is that there is basically no changes or no edits done on this clip. It might not show me any markers over here, but you can see one marker might appear at the front over here because I applied in this blending option, that is why it has appeared up over here. And if not, we just can use it or change the way it or change the position wherever it is. Hope you understood everything about this layer ribbon and adobe after effect. Now let's show you how you'll be able to apply an effect on a footage. Now to apply in a specific effect on a footage, what you have to do is click on this and then you have to right click on it. And then you have this option called effect and you can apply whichever effect you want. Let's say I want a bit of noise. Let's, I'm going to do is use median. Now it will take a bit of time and you can see effects option has appeared up over here. I'm going to do is to remove the photo fish over from here. What I'm going to do is going to be zooming in. And I'm going to do is right click on it. Click on Effect again. Let's say I want a bit of, let's say distort on it. I want a bit of mesh warp. And then you're going to do is just play it up. And there we go, we are good to go. This is how it will basically look like when you apply in a bit of effect. Okay, so thank you for watching this video up till the end and you'll be able to fix it up. Let's say I want a bit of more 92. You'll be able to customize it from over here. I will also give you a better lesson where you'll be able to see how you can apply effects and make changes on your videos. And if you want to rows, you can also make rows like this. You can apply the quality, increase the quality. You can fix the column. You can apply distortion mesh however you want to. Okay, so thank you for watching this video up till the end. Now let's move on to our next lesson where we're going to learn all about the effect options in Adobe After Effect, and I'm going to show you how these actually make changes on your footages. 19. Effect ribbon part 1: Welcome to your new lesson of Adobe After Effect. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the tools and all about the effects and how those effects actually work on a footage are an element in Adobe After Effect. In our previous lesson, we covered up all the tools and commands of the Layer Ribbon and also how we can apply effect on basic footages in Adobe after Effect without any further ado. Let's just hop onto the lesson by opening up Adobe after Effect on our device. On my screen, you can see that I have opened up Adobe After Effect to get into the Effect ribbon. So the first thing what I'm going to do is going to be opening up a new project. Then I'm going to do is going to be applying or, you know, uploading one of the footage which I've used. And it is also attached to our resource file which you will find with this whole course. So first I'm going to do is open up this photo which I've used in my previous lesson. Now the next one which I'm going to be using is going to be a footage. So I'm going to do is going to be taking this one and I'm going to do is wait until it uploads and there we go. We have it and I'm going to do is keep it up for composition. Okay, so we have one photo, which is JPEG. One composition of a video. And you can see that this is being rendered. So I'm going to wait until the whole thing renders up, or I can play it up so it will be smooth. And you can see, just like I said, it will get stuck until it reaches the max of it, okay? Until it reaches the next of it and it will be very smooth. And you can see the frame rates are everything is being rendered up slowly. Some wait until it renders up all of it. And then we're going to do is play it up and also go over to our tools in our Effect Ribbon, even though there is a couple of bit which got rendered. So now what I'm going to be doing is going to go off the Effect ribbon. So I'm going to do is keep it solo for a while. And also I'm going to do is lock it up because that is what I exactly need. Let's try playing it out. And you can see it has been rendered a lot. And you can see the FPS which is close to 60 FPS. That is why it is very smooth. Now when I click on Effect, the first option that appears up is called Effect controls. Okay? You can also toggle it up by clicking on F three. First off, click on any one of these. Right click on it and make sure to keep a composition in K. And then once you click on it and then go off to Effect. And you'll be able to manage up the effect however you want, let it be rendered uphole. And then you'll be able to go through each and every one of those tools. You can also select this and then you'll be able to apply the effects if you want to. You can see all of it has been rendered. Now let's go off the effects. And you can still see there is no effect enabled or all of them are graded app, but how do you apply it? So going to do is first off unlock it, go off the effects, keep it like this, Effect select on it and then you'll be able to apply all of the effects altogether. Now the first tool is called Effect Control. You can either use F three on your keyboard or click it from over here. And you can see this is all the effect control which are going to appear even though those are not applied right now, so there is basically none. So going to do is cut this off and let it keep it on the project panel. When we apply all of our effects or apply any of the effects on our photo or on our footage, then I will show you how it actually works. Now let's go off to the next one I'm going to do is click on this video. And I'm going to do is go off to effect. Now we have a mesh warp. Now if you want to make a mesh warp out of your video, now you'll be able to fix the columns, fix the rows, and then fix the quality. You'll be able to fix the quality if you want to. You can see you'll be able to drag it up and down if you want to. But one thing is that you can also type it up if you want to. And then we have is this torsion mesh. So when I click on this and you'll basically see that there will be a bit of this torsion mesh over here. And then I'm going to select on this over here. So there's going to be this type of distortion mesh. Okay? And you can also reset it up if you want to. It's totally up to you how you're going to apply the specific effect now as I've applied in the mesh warp. Now the next one I'm going to be clicking on is removal. So let's keep this for the last one, because after I apply all of these effects, we're going to remove all of it by click on Removal. And then we have is this option called Manage Effects. Now you'll be able to manage all the effects if you want to. You can enable it and you can also disable it even though if it is on. So I'm also going to be showing it to you at the end of this lesson. Then we also have this option called Three D channel. If you want to work with three D footages and also make three D videos or footage or elements, then you're going to go through these options. Now on the three D channel, there are a couple of options. Three D channel extract, cryptomatpmt, Depth of field extractor, Fog, three D, D, mat and identifier. Now let's go through each and every one of those and you'll be able to see how it looks like. I'm going to press on play. And you can see this is being rendered. So you'll be able to fix the black point if you want to. Some I'm going to do is reduce the black point. And you can see this is how it looks like. And even though this is Z depth, some going to do is put in whatever type of effect you want to apply over here after you applied over here. You can also remove it if you want to. You can see when I apply this treat effect, you can see the channel extracts it up and makes it black because there is no exact element which I'm using overhand. Okay, So that is why it turns out totally black. But you can see from these videos over here, these things now look very depth. You can see when there are like a couple of birds, it looks very realistic. It's because of the filters which I'm using right now. It's a bit of meshwarp and a bit of the three D effect. If I remove it or apply it back again, it will not be the same anymore. So let's just keep it paused and then go off to our next effect. Now we have a cryptomat, you'll be able to apply this too. And now let's fix it up. Let's go off the settings. Now what I'm going to do is use a different color, let's say matted RGBA. And when you hit it up, you'll basically see that these are basically quite all the same. But why are there a couple of them? You know, why are there a lot of them? It's because most of the effects over here are going to make sense to you when you are working with a vast amount of footages and also when you are using elements and also let's say three D elements and also the footage at the same time, then you'll be able to see the difference of how these exactly work. So these are basically all effects. You can toggle through them and fiddle with it with everyone you want. And if you don't want to, just press on deletes and that exact filter will be removed from, you know, the footage which you are applying or working with. Now the next one which we have is called the audio. Now the audio basically works with all of the audios with how the footage works or how your elements or animation work. Obviously in elements you will not be able to apply audios unless it's an animation. So here we have a couple of effects which will basically sound a lot better. Now you can see that in a couple of softwares, you know, in video editing software, there is not like a lot of, you know, facilities which, you know, gives off audio, okay? But in Adobe After Effect and Premiere Pro, you'll be able to customize it, edit it, and also make it crispy clear, and also fix up your audio just the way you want it. There are a couple of effects such as base Trable, then there is delay flash, chorus, high low pass modulator, parametric, EQ, reverb, stereo mixer tone, and all of them, well, all of them is going to be, depending on your work, what type of audio you want. So make sure to select on them, and once you select on them, and you'll be able to see this and this is how it basically works. Okay, now I'm going to hit on Enter, and you can see this is how it will work, even though there is no audio plot on this video as I've extracted the part out as I'm using only the footage only. So you will not be able to apply any of these, you know, audios which are over here. So make sure to download a video or use a video which has a bit of audio on it and then you'll be able to apply and see how it works. Now the next options are going to be quite, you know, changing the whole thing or changing the whole footage. Now the first one we have is called the blur and sharpen. There are a couple of sharpening up footage, you know, effects and also a couple of blurring type of footage effects. Okay? So let's start off with the blurred ones now from here we have is bilateral bilateral blur. Okay? So you'll be able to fix in the, you know, radius and you can see this is how it looks like. You can see this is the part which is being, you know, focused on. And you can see the color has immersed. Okay. Now, when I played up, you'll be able to see the color and even the elements at the center is just being focused. Okay, so if I just press on the part, what I'm going to do is take this at the beginning, all I do is hit on Enter and there is this bit of applied effect. Now if I click on this again, you can see the effect has been applied and how you know the change has been applied on this. When I click on this, you can see the color fades away Again, you can see this is how it looks like. There is a lot of, you know, less saturation. You know, less vivid, less, you know, clarified images. Okay? But if I remove it again, you can see the photo or the footage is so much clarified, the brightness, the contrast, everything is like very vivid. Even the shadows and all of them. But when I click on it again, and you can see all of them will disappear again. And this is how it looks like. Now we can go off to effect again for self. Let's remove this. You'll be able to apply in a bit of threshold if you want to. You can also fix in the color rise. You can see this is how this threshold works. If I reduce it, the less blur it will be. So I'm going to do keep it on zero. And if I do increase it up and you'll basically see the effect, the blur will be a lot. So I'm going to do keep the threshold on ten, and you can see this is how it works, okay? You can also colorize it if you want to, and you can also keep it discolored if you want to. You can see now this is black and white. Okay. So hope you understood about this blur or bilateral blur. So I'm going to do is remove this part out because I'm not going to be needing that anymore. The next option which we have is called camera lens blur. And all of them now, most of them are basically blurred. So let me just show to you how the sharpen works. If you want to sharpen up and vividfyr footage or any one of your elements, then you'll be able to apply it or, you know, make sure to apply the sharpened option and then you'll be able to fix in the sharpened amount. Then you can zero. I'm going to do keep it on 50 and you can see the video or the footage has been sharpened up. Let's keep it somewhere around 1915 so that it just looks a lot more better and does not look unnatural. Okay. So I'm going to just keep it somewhere around ten or 97. Okay. Seven is like kind of okay. You can see even though we can see the black parts, most of the black parts and also the dark parts which are changing in this footage. So let's go off to the next one which we are done with this blur and sharpen. So I'm going to do remove this part. The next effect which we have is called Boris effects. Now if you to apply this Mocha effect, just click on this Mocha. Then we have this mat and tracking data. This is going to be a bit of changing. Let's, I'm going to do this view mat, okay, I'm going to do view mat and you will see it will change the mocha effect. Then we also have this apply mat. Let's just try apply Matt. I'm going to just wait for a while and then you will basically see the mat will be applied on the specific video or footage. So I'm going to do is change this. I'm going to do is make it visible layer. I'm going to get a preview of the whole footage which I have over here. Now I'm going to do is going to be pressing on. Okay, visible layer, all visible. Now I'm going to do is fix the feather. I'm going to do is keep it 56. And you can see this is how it looks like and create E mask. And you can also invert the mask if you want to, You can see this is how it looks like. So hope you understood everything about this. And when you click on this Mocha over here, now you can see Mocha UI is starting now. It's going to take a bit of time until it applies all the effects on it. So I'm going to do is wait, okay, Mocha is starting. Wait until it appears up and you can see that we have a new type of interface I'm going to do cross it up. So I'm going to do is going to be taking this part I'm going to do decide later and then you'll be able to customize it up. So this is basically kind of like an extension on Adobe after effect, which you'll be able to apply it and you'll be able to work with a lot of frames. Okay, So if you want to work with a lot of frames, then I would suggest you to use Mocha. And then we have scale, rotate, skew, perspective change. We have track change. We can link the track to certain files. We can show the surface, we can align the surface and also show the, and obviously among them, we can also color it up if you want to. And we can also download it up directly from over here without even working on Adobe after Effects. We also have zoom in and out. Then we can also cross it up, pointed out certain parts. You can see this is the part which I want to work with now. I want to work with this part. You can see you will be able to select and specify certain parts and make changes on those specific parts. Basically, this is a bit of complex than Adobe after effect, but if you work with it for a while, then you will basically get the hold of it. Because there is also grid and all of the tools are quite simple and you can see it directly from over here. So you'll be able to change the workspace too, And it's all up to you how you're going to work with it. So let's move on to our next tool. I'm going to cut this off. I'm going to do is don't save. And there we go, We're done with mokaE, mocha, U I. Now the next tool which we have over here is called the channel. Now, what type of channels do you want to apply on your video? There could be blended, you know, there could be composite. Then we have combiner, invert, Minimax, remove color, matting, set channel, set matt shift channels, and solid composite. Well, you can fiddle with each and every one of these tools over here and see how those actually, because each of them works differently on each and every one of these effects. So make sure to select on the channels. And I'm going to skip this part, but if you want to apply in a bit of blend on it, you'll be able to let Sema use tint only. And then let Sema is keep the blend layer this one and keep the source on mask stretch to fit. And then let's see how the effect takes place. Even though if it doesn't it will obviously still make a channel out of it. This is basically how it works. And after you make a channel out of it, you'll be able to apply in another layer, so you can apply the effect on this specific channel. So that is basically why channels are most of the time used. Now if I take this off, you can see no changes are being made. But when I have a masked object of the mask element, then you'll be able to see how the masked or mask elements work while using the channel. Now the next one is called the Cinema Four D, so this is just the same as Maxon. You can see this is sine were. This is also a different type of software such as an extension. It takes a bit of time to open it up on Adobe. After effect, it will process up all of the data and after you're done, it will apply it up directly on your footage and also on the panel where you are working on your workspace. So you can see that this is being processed up after it has processed up. You can see that no Cinema 40 file was detected. You can see there is no 40 file and this is not a 40 file over here. So for that reason, you can also use Maxon if you want to. And you can also download up 40 image files or 40 footages, which you'll be able to work with and apply the effect by using Cinema for Ty. Now the next option is called the color correction. There is a vast amount of color correction options or color correction effects, which you will see in Adobe after effect. Okay, there is auto color, auto contrast, auto level, black, white brightness, contrast, broadcast color, CC, color neutralizer. And a whole lot of them let's, you know, apply 5.6 of them. And let's show you how this actually work. Let's say I want a bit of auto contrast. I'm going to click on it and you will see basically auto contrast has been applied. And you can see this is changing, right? You can see this has changed even though a bit, okay, So I'm going to do is make sure the black clip a bit higher, which is 2% And then I'm going to do is keep the whites clip a bit less so that it just becomes a bit more darker. And you can also keep it a bit higher so that it looks a bit brighter. What I'm going to do is going to be reducing the part just a bit 1.50 and it will look a lot more better. You can also keep the temporary smoothing, second 1.60 this is how it will look like. You can also keep the scene detect and this is how it will look like for 1.60 second. It will smoothen out all of the effects. And you can see the dark part is now reducing from 1.6 second, but at the beginning it is still dark. Just the way I applied the effects on it. Okay, so let's move on to the next one. We are done with auto, you know, contrast. So on the next one what I'm going to be doing is going to be, let's say I'm going to use a bit of change color. Now if I want to change the color, what I'm going to do is going to be selecting the part and I'm going to do is change the hue. Let's say I want to change the hue to 14 and you'll basically see the color. All of it will change all at the same time. Now I'm going to do corrected layer color correction mask. If you want to apply it, what I'm going to do is keep it this way. And then I'm going to do is select a different color, press on. Okay. And then I'm going to do use matching tolerance. Matching softness. Let's say I'm going to do, use a bit of chroma and invert the color if I want to. It's all up to you how going to work with the lightness transformation. You can see this is how it applies, the effect I'm going to do, keep it maybe a bit less. There we go. You can see now I'm just looking a lot retro. I'm going to do is try playing it up and see how it works. I'm going to do click on Play, and you can see the effects being changed. I'm going to do is increase it up. Or you can also keep it just the way you want to. Everything is basically up to you how you want to apply those effects. I'm going to do reduce it or keep it removed. Now let's show you the next one on here I'm going to do is use a bit of levels. I'm going to do is use a bit of these levels. I'm going to do is take this part white. I'm going to use this vibrance over here to make it super bright. And I'm going to take or remove this up so that it looks a lot more red. I'm going to take this part over here and also this part over here. And you can also fix this up by input white gamma. Then we have is white over ear. Then we also have output white. Okay, then you can also clip to output black. I'm going to do is off to 32. I'm going to just fix this part out. And then I'm going to clip to output white. And then when I want to play it, you will basically see how retro looks, even though this is going to be quite smooth. Okay, so we are done with three of the effects. Now let's move on to our next one on color correction. Let's say I want a bit of photo filter, so I'm going to remove the levels first and then I'm going to use photo filters. You can see this is how it works. In a photo filter, I'm going to apply a bit of orange. A bit of orange has been applied. I can also use a bit of yellow. I can also use a bit of can even if I want, let's say magenta. I can also apply whichever one I want. There's also this option called underwater. It also looks quite good. You will be able to fix the density if you want to. Right from this panel. Okay, I'm going to do is also remove this one. Let's apply another one of the effects from color correction. I'm going to do apply another effect from this color correction. And then I'm going to do is show the rest of you on the second part of this video. Okay, so on our color correction, let's use a bit of, let's say PS arbitrary map. So I'm going to do is click on this and I'm going to select on this. I'm going to fix the angle. There we go. We have applied the angle to reduce the effects. There we go. And I'm going to fix this up too. You can see the arbitrary map and I can also apply phase two, you know, map to apply, okay? So this is basically how it will look when I apply all of these effects all together, this is how it will look like, okay? So I'm going to do, make sure to keep it up just the way it is. I'm going to do take this over here, click on Play, and this is how it will look like. Okay, So we are basically done till the color, you know, color correction. So we're going to start off distort and utility or two utility in the next part of this video or in the next part of this lesson. And hope you understood everything about this part of this lesson. If you have any question or if you have any confusion, then feel free to ask me or question me. And I will guide you and help you through the whole process. So let's move on to our second part of Effect Ribbon in Adobe After effect. 20. Effect ribbon part 2: Welcome back to the part two of Effect ribbon in Adobe After Effect Without any further ado, let's just get back to the lesson where we left from in the first part. In our previous lesson, we ended our lesson up to, let's say I'm going to go off to effect first I'm going to go off to effect. And we applied in the color correction. Okay, so we're going to do is start off from distart for this lesson. Before that I'm going to remove the ones delete. There we go. We have deleted all of the effects, which we're over here. Now let's go off the effects. Now let's go off the distort. Now there are also a couple of distort filters which you will find out in this tool are in this extension. Now it starts from ser warp bulge CC bended CC, lens slant smear, liquefy, magnify mesh, warp mirror offset smear, speriz, twirl, warp warp stabilizer. And a lot, let's apply 56 of them and see how these actually work. So I'm going to do is click on Vis your Warp. Now you can see this is how it will apply up Mad, take it up from over here, mad, apply it a bit on the right side. Let's take a bit from the left side. You can see the warp is now working. You can see this is how it basically works up. You can see the lines on the outer side over here is now changing and applying a bit of warp on it. You can see how it is applied. I can also apply a bit of this on this side. I'm going do take a bit of this from this side and you'll be able to customize it just the way you want to. After you're done, just make sure to see how it looks like. You can see this is how it is now looking like it. Okay. So you can also customize it or remove the effect if you want to. So even though the effect is something like this now. So let's move on to our next one on this specific footage. So let's go off the distort and I'm going to do is apply in a bit of smear on it. You can see this is how this smear works. You'll be able to smear up certain parts up to your desire. You can see, this is how it works. You can smear it up. This part, you can also run it up to here. I'm going to do take this part over here and there we go. This Mirar has been applied. I'm going to do take this part over here and I'm going to take this one up till here so that we don't have this black part visible. I'm going to do take this a bit. At the bottom, you can see this is how it works, as this is how it works. I'm going to drag it at the top just a bit. This is how I'm going to do. Take it a bit to the right side. This is the effect you'll be able to fix it up to. You can fix this angle two and this angle and this angle all at the same time. You'll also be able to fix the reach and also the radius. Now let's go off to the next one, which we are going to use is going to be corner pin. You'll be able to use this corner pin to fix the perspective. You can see this is how it looks like and you'll be able to apply effect just like this. I'm going to do reduce this a bit more and you'll be able to customize it just the way you want. I'm just showing it to you how these effects basically work. So I'm going to remove these ones as I'm not going to be needing any of these effects. So the next effect which I'm going to apply from the distort is going to be liquefied. If I want to liquefy part, let's maj liquefy this part out. You can see this is how it works. I can also remove it at a certain point. Let's, I'm going to take this, I'm going to drag it over this bird over here to keep this like this. And then I'm going to do is make sure to keep the distortion percentage 200. You can see it has applied the effect distortion mesh offset to be over here. Do apply it just the way it is. Do increase it up. There we go. This is basically how it works and you'll be able to change the angle and also change the way it looks like. Now you can see this is how it will look like. It's totally up to you how you're going to work with it. Okay, I can also remove the whole thing if I want to. You can see the applied effect has taken place and this is how it will look like. I'm going to do is just play up the whole video. Let's see how it works. I'm going to do is click on this. Let's play it up. You can see now this is how it will look like. There's a bit of mesh effect on it which has warped up the specific part. And you can see this has been liquefied. I'm going to do take this back again at the front and you can see there's a bit of this liquefied effect which is being applied. This is basically how it works on the liquefy option to I'm going to do take it at the first and I'm going to do is going to be removing this liquefy effect from this layer or from this footage. And let's go off to the next effect which we have over in distortion. So let's go off to effect'ma First off click on this footage. Now the next effect which I'm going to apply is for some I'm going to just click on this one again. Go off to effect distort. Now let's try a bit of warp stabilizer. I'm going to just click on it and you can see analyzing the background, It's going to take two steps to analyze the background and then I will be able to apply the effect on this specific footage. So you can see it is being rendered. It will take a bit of time after it has been rendered up. And analyze the background, it will give me this warp stabilizer and I will also be able to apply in a bit of warp on it. And you can see this has, this is going to take 6 minutes and I'm going to do show you with other effects at the same time. To do is go off to distortion and show you the last one. Let's say if you want to transform this effect up, you'll be able to transform it up if you want to. First off, let's remove this warp stabilizer. Let's select on this transforms, you can transform it left to right, top to bottom. Okay? You can fix it up, fix the uniform scale. Scale it up if you want to. Then you'll be able to fix the skew axis to, if you want to. You can see the skew axis has been changed and you'll be able to fix this up to according to your need. And you'll also be able to fix the rotation from over here, and also from this angle, okay? And you can fix the opacity if you want to. You can increase it up, and you can fix the shutter angle if you want to. And you can also use bubic R bind linear. It's going to take a bit of time, so I'm going to just let it sit until it has fixed up all of the frames in that specific, you know, let's say in the specific footage which I'm using. So it's going to take like 6 minutes. We can see 111 frames out of 1,000 So I'm going to just apply it up and let it apply all of the effects and analyze all of the frames. So I'm going to do keep it there and let it be. So let's move on to the next options or the next ones which we have over here. It's called the expression control. So I'm going to do, first off, remove these ones, okay, until it has been done. Until it has done all of the frames. We can also cancel it up if I want to, so let's just cancel this up for now. And let's move on to our next tools. And if you want to remove them, just go off to Effects and click on Remove All. And all of the effects have been removed, so go off to Effect again. And then we have called Expression Control. From here you'll be able to control the points, basically the three D points angles, checkbox, color control, drop down menu, later point, and also slider, all at the same time. So say'm going to do, I want checkbox control so you'll be able to fix out if there is any checkbox, if there is none, you'll not be able to apply changes on it. But what I want to do is fix out point control. So if I want to fix in the points, you'll be able to fix the points just like this. And you can see how it works left and right, top to bottom. It's all up to you how you're going to work with it. So this is basically how this effects work. So I'm going to do remove them up and it will work basically the same way on each and every points. And all of the criteria then we have is generate. Now what does basically generate? Obviously it does generate elements and edits per you. Now there are also a lot type of generates which you will be able to use on your specific footage. There could be four gradient color, advanced lighting, audio spectrum, audio waveform beam, CCglugon, light burst, light rays, light sweep threads, pattern and so on. So let's try four or five of them. Let's say I'm going to do is use these four color gradients. And you'll be able to fix out the gradient just the way you want Sema, reduce it up and also fix this up. Let's, I'm going to do is keep this at the center. We'll be able to customize it just the way you want to. You can see this is how it works. And then you're going to click on this obesity and you can be able to reduce it if you want to. You can fix the jitter. You can fix the blend. Let's, I'm going to do is use Total Blend over here, Okay? And then we have this four ingredient color. And you can also reset it up. Now if I want to click on, let's say soft light, you will basically see this is how it looked like, but I want a bit of color burn, so it will apply the effect on it and you will basically see the difference. Okay, Now if I click on this and click on None, you'll be able to apply these effects. I'm going to do is make sure to keep it in such a way so that it is totally colorful. You can see this is how it looks like. Someone just click on it and click on Color Burn. And you can see this is how it will look like and can fix in the opacity. This is how it should look. And you can also fix a bit of jitter if you want to. And also a bit of blend, okay, you can see 5% blend, or this blend over here. And you'll be able to fix the color just the way you want it to be. See this is how it's supposed to look like. So now we know how this four color gradient works on our footage. Now let's go off to the next option where we're going to use a CC glue gun. And what we're going to do is click on Style. There is a lot of options which you'll be able to fix up. Fix on light, Sma. Click on AE Lights. I'm going to do is make sure to go off to Shading Santana, Us. Keep it low, high, low, high, and a bit low. Okay. And then I'm going to do is go off to the main options I'm going to do, keep it low. If it does look this black, I'm going to do is going to be removing it. Okay. I'm going to just click on Reset. I'm going to do, just remove this up and apply another effect. Let's go off to Generate. And let's go off the circle. It's going to apply this circle option over here. And you'll be able to apply what type of effect. I'm going to use color burn and then I'm going to do is going to be fixing the opacity and let I'm apply in a bit of red on this, you can see a bit of red on it. So I'm going to just invert the circle. This out will look like I'm going to do is fixing the point. And you can see this is how it looks like when you apply this effect, okay? And then you'll also be able to fix in the edges if you want to. Okay. Anima due. Also remove this one. Let's go off to Generate again and let's apply one another. Lets Minogue use scrubble, you'll be able to apply it, but if this looks black, then I'm not going to suggest you to use this. Let's move on to our next option, which we are going to use is called the fill. You'll be able to use this fill color if you want to. You can also fix up the invert and also fill none to reset if you want to a mask. There we go and there we have a effect. You'll be able to fix out this and also you'll be able to invert it out if you want to. The next tool which we're going to use, or the next effect is called the immersive video, I'm going to do is click on Effect. And let's go off to immersive video. There we have is this VR blur viachromatic aberrations, VR color gradients, Vir converter, and all of them, all of them are basically based on virtual reality. Just like it says about VR, you're going to need specific type of elements to apply or see them. And if you apply any of them over here, let's say I want converter, so it will convert it into VR. But one thing which will happen is that you will not be able to see it perfectly through the screen. You're going to need a set of goggles so that you'll be able to see the changes and how it actually works. Let's say I want a total of, let's say 4.3 cube. And this is when you apply the VR glasses or whatever elements or instrument you're using, you'll be able to see how it basically looks like as I do not want it. So you'll be able to see the changes or make changes if you want to by using this immersive video. So just like it says about immersion. So you'll be able to apply it, so make sure to fiddle through each and every one of those. And even if you want to fix in the noise of the VR about virtual reality. And the sound system basically works a lot more different than, you know, a three D, 40 or a two D type of video. So make sure to like select on Noise V R D Noise so that you will be able to fix the noise of the virtual reality video and then customize it just the way it actually works. Well. Okay, I'm going to remove it. I'm going to also remove this one. Let's see, I have other ones to circle and also four color gradients. I'm going to remove all of them and keep the default one. Let's go off the effect again. And then we have is called keying. So keying is basically a bit of different. It works with the color range, the suppressors, and also the lights of the key. And you'll also be able to clean it up if you want to. Let's see, a couple of it. Let's, I'm going to do is click on Color Range. And you'll basically see the color range of all and every one of it. Maximum, minimum, and also mid. And you'll be able to change it just the way you want to. You can also fix the color size, RGB. Yuv. Or just up to you, whichever one you want or whichever one you like. And you can see the changes over here. This is how it will look. You'll be able to change it just the way you want to. Okay? You can also change it using these. And you can see the effects which are being applied when you apply any one of these. Okay, some going to do is remove the black parts. This is how it should look like. And you can also extend the ones on each and every one and apply the effects and see how it works. Okay. So just fiddle through each and every one of these tools. Okay. And see how it actually looks like. I going to do remove this one first. Go off the effect again. And let's see how this key cleanup works. If you want to clean up the key, you will be able to clean up certain key points of certain footages if you want to. Now if you can also click on Reduced Chatter, If you have applied a certain key. Now first off you have to apply in a key. Okay, So let's click Keep on Strength, or let's say keep on additional edge, okay? You'll be able to apply them first and then you're going to make changes on it by selecting on this key cleaner if you want to. Now let's go off to the next on. The next one is called the Key Light 1.2 Now this is also a different software. When you click on it, it will open up. But basically in the newest version of Adobe, after effect, it does not open up. You'll be able to work with everything on this panel. Now if I want a bit of screen color, lesmauus, change it to red, and you can see the red effect will apply. You can increase it up. You can see the parts are now turning green and until it turns black, this is basically how it works to reduce the color over here. Due, reduce it until it turns out Smauus, Change it to maybe this one. Okay. And you can see the effects which are being applied. I'm going to press on K, and there's a bit of blue color which has been applied. And you can also apply a bit of screen grain which will actually look good. Screen gain. And then we have a screen balance. You'll be able to balance up the color of the whole thing. And then we also have screen mats. And then we have this inside mask, outside mask foreground, edge color source crops and each and every one of them if you want to. And you can also pick out certaine colors if you want to Lasell deuce, increase this part of the color and you'll be able to customize it if you want to. Okay, let's say I want to do fixing the fuzziness. You can see the effect which has been applied. I'm going to just click on it, and this is how it will look. To remove this up a bit, you can see this is how it looks like. This is how it should look like when you apply the effects. You can also make changes on each and every one. This is basically how it will look. I'm going to do is just remove this color range and I'm going to do keep the key cleaner and also the key lights over here, we are basically done with this keying options or the keying effects over here I'm going to do is remove the ones and now let's move on to our next one which is called Matt. If you want to apply a bit of mat effect on your footage, you'll be able to get it through these options. Now there is this option called mat choker. Refine hard mat, refined soft mat, and also simple choker. Make sure the select are used the ones you want. Let's go through each and every one of them. This is basically mat choker, you'll be able to choke up and fix out the geometry softness. You can see the choke one, this is grade level softness, geometry softness, choke two. And then grade level softness two. And then you'll be able to customize it just the way you want it to and can also fix the iteration. You can see that applies the effect on the whole footage. Now let's go off the effects again and go off to Met and refine hard met. And here you'll be able to fix the feather, the contrast let's sem going to do is fix the contrast a bit. And you can see the part outside of it has not applied. Any bit of the contrast I'm going to do is shift the edge a bit, reduce the chatter to 100% Use motion, blur, motion, blur extend were smoothness and view the map if you want to increase the radius. There we go. Up to this part, everything is increasing in contrast and everything but the part outside of this radius, it's not applying any effect as it has applied the effect. Now let's move on to the next one which we have over here on Matt. The next one which we have is called the refined soft mata due first off, decrease these a cabina du select on these refined hard mat mat choker. The next one is called the refined soft mat. You'll be able to fix the soft mats if you want to. You can see the angles, you can see the contrast, the shift of edges select on more motion blur. And when you apply changes or when you play it up, you'll be able to see the difference on how it basically works. Okay? This is basically how it should work. It's going to take a bit of time to render up the whole video, and then when you play it up, you'll basically see the difference of each and every one of them. You can see a bit of it is being rendered. And then we also have extent worden and also you'll be able to view the map just like you did on the hard mat. Now the last part of this is I'm going to go off to effect again and on the last part we have simple choker. You also have the simple choker and this is basically just how it says, okay, it's going to put out the final output or what type of output you want. If you want Matt output, you'll be able to apply Matt output. But if you want the final output to be just the way it is, just the way you apply the effect, then click on final output and you'll be able to fix a choke mat. And you can see this is how it is supposed to look like, Okay, so then what you're going to do is just play up the whole video and see how it works. Okay, so that is going to be all for the second part of this effect ribbon lesson. And our next part of the lesson, which is going to be the third part of effect ribbon. We're going to start off from noise and grain and until we end up on this lesson of ending it with utility. So hope you understood everything about this lesson and how the effects basically work on Adobe after effect. So without any further ado, let's just move on to our next part of Adobe After Effect Effect Ribbon. 21. Effect ribbon part 3: Welcome to our third part of effect Verbon in Adobe After Effects, without any further ado. Let's just get to the lesson by opening up Adobe after effect from where we left. You can see that I have opened up Adobe after effect from just where we left in our previous lesson, we used Mat. In this lesson we're going to use noise and grains. Before that I'm going to go after effect and remove all. So now as we're going to apply noise and grains, we're going to go off to effect and click on Noise and Grains. Now you can see that we have add grains, dust, scratches, fractal noise, match grain, median legacy noise. Noise Alpha HLS, HLS, auto remove grain and turbulent Noise So you can apply whichever one you want. So one of the most basic is going to be adding grains. Noise Noise Alpha HLS, auto remove grains, and turbulent noises. Let's try adding up a bit of grains. Now if you want to apply a bit of grain, let's say I want the viewing mode to be blending mats. Okay, you can see it like this. Or you can also get the final output if you want to. Now I want a codec vision. Then from here the preview region I'm going to do is keep it the same way. On tweaking, I'm going to do increase the intensity. You can see that grains are increasing, but obviously I'm going to do is reduce it in such a way so that it just looks a lot more better. I'm going to do is going to be keeping it somewhere around five maybe. Okay, let's keep it somewhere around over here. The get 3.8 is not bad. I'm going to use keep the size to be a bit higher. We can also keep it less if we want to. You can see 3.8 We can also reduce it so that it looks bigger with the size. It can also apply a bit of softness on it, so that it just looks a lot more better. And you can fix the aspect ratio if you want to. Now if you also can remove it, keep it on 0.200 and also keep the softness to be 2.100 or directly onto or even 1.5 And after you're done, you can also fix the color set to go off the color. And I want a bit of monochromatic and I want the tint color to be red. And you will basically see the tint color or the noise color will be red. And you can also fix the tint amount. After that, press on Ok. You can also apply a bit of applications such as shadows, midtones, highlights, and also midpoint. Now you can see a bit of red on it. And you can also fix in the channel balance. And it's going to just add up more and more. Now, the next one, which is also most of the time used just like I said, is called the Noise Or Noise Alpha or HLS. Okay? Here, even if you have some dust scratches, you can also apply it. Click on Dust Scratch and you'll be able to fix the radius. You can see the dust scratch. You can see this how it looks like, just apply in just a bit. You can see how it applies up and how powerful it is. You can also apply in a bit of threshold if you want to. So I'm going to go off to effect as I'm not going to be needing that. I'm going to go off to effect, go off the noise and grains and let's go off the noise alpha. Now if you want a bit of noise alpha, you can apply it. And as it is alpha, it's going to work a lot more better. You make sure to click on edges because you want it to be a bit brighter. And if you want to click on this overflow, make sure to click on P. Okay? And then fix in the random speed, you can see how it will change and when you remove it, you can see a bit of difference. Okay, so juice, keep it up. And click it on Squared Random, okay? And go off the noise options and then you'll be able to apply it, but it only works on animation. So make sure to click on it and then keep it just the way it is. Okay, so juice also keep it just the way it is. Go off the effect again. And now the next one is called the HLS auto. So click on HLS auto and you can fix in san grains, you know you will see a lot more grains. You can fix the noise and you can fix the hue. Leana juice, fix the hue. Maybe decrease it a bit if possible. But if it's not possible, just make sure to keep it on one, fix the lighting on three, saturation a bit higher, okay? Make sure to keep it a bit higher than usual, okay? Higher than five. And then on the noise animation speed, make sure to keep it 24 or so. If you're using animation, then it will obviously look a lot more better and retro and also give you off the effect at the same time. Now the last one which we're going to use from this noise and grain is called the remove grain or turbulent noise. If you want to remove the grain, select on this fix in the preview region. I'm going to click on Preview Region and then fix in the height of the box. Fix in the height of the width. And you'll be able to remove it from that specific area and just go off to Blend with Option, click on it and click on Screen. And it will basically obviously adjust it in such a way so that it basically looks a lot more better with the grains and the noise in your screen. So we are basically done with this noise and grain which you see over here on Adobe after effect. And you can also fiddle through each and every one of these effects just the way you want to. Now, the next one which you have is called obsolete. Now the obsolete is going to be basically very basic, okay? It just works with basic three D, Basic text color, key, gause and blur, lighting, luma key, Cha shape, pat, text, reduce, interlace, flicker, and also spill suppressor. Well, most of you know, most of them are very basic. But the ones which are used most of the time are going to be Ka shape path text spill suppressor and basic text. And basic three D. So I'm going to do apply any one of these. Let's I'ma do go off to this ka shape which is used a lot of time but as I do not have any Moca, I'm not going to be using that. Let's go off the effect, go off to obsolete and let's see basic text. Now let's Sem type in Leyla. Okay? And then I'm going to do is click on vertical top. And I want the style to be bold, italic. And change the font to something which you want to press on. Okay? And you can see the text over here. And you'll be able to apply it wherever you want. Now make sure to fix the position, fix the blending. I want the field stroke over and you'll be able to customize it just the way you want to. That is basically how it works on Adobe after effects. Okay, so I'm going to do is remove this basic text and make sure to apply it if you want to. If you don't want to, make sure to just remove it. And then the next one or the last one which I'm going to show you is going to be Pat text. If you already have a text and you will be able to apply in more text, let's say I want to do is type in vertical, hit on Enter, Okay? And you can see you will be able to rotate up the text just the way you want to. And you can also customize it if you want to apply any changes on it. So I hope you understood everything about this. One I'm going to do is remove the part because I'm not going to be needing that anymore. Now I'm going to do is go off the effect and remove all the effect which I have applied on the specific footage. Now let's go off to the next effects which are going to be perspective. If you want to change up your perspective of your footage, you can change up the camera angles, change up the three D glasses, the cylinder sphere, spotlight shadow, radial shadow, Whatever effect you want to apply. To make your perspective look a lot more different, you have to go through these effects. You can fiddle through each and every one of those tools, or each and every one of those effects if you want to apply. Let's try a bit of environment and drop shadow. Let's see how these work on these footages. Click on CC Environments and you'll basically see it will be something like this, Fixing the mapping. I'm going to click on Probe and you can apply a bit of horizontal pen lens distortion. Fix up everything. But one thing about this is that it will map up the whole thing. So it will not show up the effects which are applied over here. So make sure to apply in effects which are going to not be mapping. If you are or if you want to use mapping, make sure to mask up the effect first and then apply the effects on that specific footage. I'm going to keep it this way. I'm going to increase up the size over here. There we go. We have it. You can see this is how it works. You can also play it up. See de, pause this and there we go. So is going to be removing this part out. You can click on Effect again. Go off the perspective. Let's try a bit of Drop Shadow. And you'll be able to drop a bit of shadow on this. Okay, let's fix up the opacity. Then fix up the direction, you can fix up the direction of the shadow. You can fix up basically everything on this and click on Shadow. Only you will be able to apply and a bit of layer of shadow two. This basically works also in the case of elements if you apply in or edit in that specific part. But one thing is that you have to mask up that object so that you'll be able to apply in these effects. The next one which I'm going to show you is going to be simulation. Now this is also basically quite the same. It's better if you work with masked objects, but make sure to fiddle through each and every one of those, such as rainfall, Madu, make sure to keep it somewhat like this, fixing the wind, fixing whatever you want. And this is basically how it will look like. You can see that it feels like it's raining. So these are quite fun type of effects which you will be able to apply. Let's show you a couple of its, I'm going to go off to effect simulation if you want ball action, you can see this is how it works. I'm going to use it on play and you can see it's kind of like pixelated, but that is basically how it works. Apply in a bit of, let's say I'm going to do fall, can see when I apply in a bit of snowfall, it will render up the footage first, I'm going to do take it at the beginning and hit on place. I'm going to do just click on Okay. I'm going to do apply it in such a way it will work a lot more better. You can see this is how it works. It will render up the video which I'm using right now. So I have applied in snowfall, but I'm going to do is going to be increasing this and increasing the size so that it looks visible. And I'm going to increase the size in such a way so that it looks no good. Then I'm going to do is fixing the variation. Fixing the speed, okay. I'm going to reduce the speed just a bit. I'm going to do fixing the wind, fixing the variation of the wind, the spread, and also the color. You can also make sure to keep it different colored so that you can also apply or see it. But as this is kind of like blue, so it is not appearing up. If I click on Play, you'll basically see that this is how it will look like. And this is the simulation which I'm using, so that it looks like there is a snowfall. Okay, So I'm going to go, effects go off on simulation first P, I'm going to remove the part and then I'm going to go off to animation. Go off the simulation. And the last one which I'm going to be using is going to be called, let's say foam. I'm going to do apply it up and you can see this is going to be like mapping, so I'm not going to be using it. Person control Z. Let's apply in another one. Let's, I'm going to use particle playground and all of them are basically mapping, so I'm not going to be using anyone. Let's move on to our next effect. The next effect which we are going to use is called the stylize. So if you want to stylize any of the effects or any of the text elements or your footage, you can go through these options there. We start off with this brush tool, now you'll be able to apply this brush effect. Minu, press on control Z to remove the effect. That is how it works. Now one of the most important features, or one of the most important ones which we use in the stylize is called the threshold. There we have posterized and all of them, okay? You can also see burn film, but I'd like to use threshold most of the time because it allows you to use the white and black parts of that specific one. You can fix in the levels and you can make the transparency go away, apply in a different color. Use that specific part to mask it up, and use a different color to make it look a lot more better. But I most of the time use threshold when I'm using it. You know, using elements or images on Photoshop or Illustrator, it makes it look very good. And I can also mask up certain parts of elements and customize it just the way I want to. So this is going to be all the effects which you can see over here. You can also apply a bit of poster I, so it will make you know how it looks like. These are all basic effects which you can apply, so you can also find it on Effect Gallery on other Adobe softwares. Now the next tool which we have is called the numbers and time Code on Text. Now if you want numbers, you can click on Numbers to press on, Okay. And you'll basically see the number on your screen. And if you want to apply time code, you can also do the same thing and the time code will appear up. Okay. Now the next one is called the Time in Time. We have CC force motion blur, CC video time echo, pixel motion blur, posterize time time difference, time displacement and time warp Apply. Whichever one you want les' going to do is apply in two of them. Pixel motion blur, you can see as all of them are timed, so it will not apply any effect on the video. But when you apply these effects on the time, or if you are using time stamps on the video, then you will basically see the effects which are being applied on this. Okay. Now the next one is called the transition. Whichever type of transition which you want to make your footage are your elements or animation to look a lot more smoother on the transition then you can apply it over here. Then we have different types of transitions, such as wipe, then we have jaws wipe, sweep, scale, wipe. You can apply whichever one you want. Let's, I'm going to just play this, let's get a preview. Maybe I'm going to do, just click on it and you basically need two type of two footages so that you can apply the effect. I can also make it two parts so that I can apply the effect. So I'm going to just click on this part. And then I'm going to do, is going to be clicking on Composition to trim Crop area. So I'm going to do trim that part out. And then I'm going to do is going to be set the poster time and I'm going to go off to edit. And then I'm going to do is going to be lift the work area. You can lift it up if you want to, but you can also extract the work if you want to. So I'm not going to keep any of those, but instead I'm going to do is go off the layer and then I'm going to do is mask up the certain part you can see this part has been masked out. And then I'm going to do is apply in whatever effect I want. Now the last one which we have over here is called the utility. In utility there is color LUT, CC overbrtes on converter, color profile converter grow bounds. Adr, Compandor. Zr highlights compressre. You can apply whichever one you want and the most used one over here is called the HDR company gives you off a very good result with HDR video qualities. And you can also apply R highlights if you have the highlights, If you want to reduce a bit of white parts and the ones which have higher exposure, you want to reduce that part. You can use this option and use this tool to make your footage look a lot more better. I hope you understood everything about this lesson and this was a very big lesson where he learns all about the effects on this effect ribbon. And you can also remove all of them up. And you can go off to manage effects. And you can also remove, or you can see the ones which we've applied on and you can enable all, disable all of them just the way you want to. And if you disable them you will not be able to apply effects on it. Then you have to go off to manage effect. Again, select the ones and enable all of them altogether. And you can select on this. Again, I'm going to do is only show, I'm going to enable all. And when you click on Enable all, you will basically see that all of them are already enabled and it is already working. I'm going to do is remove the parts and there reca we are done with this whole lesson. Hope you understood everything. If you do not understand a specific part or if you have any specific questions or if you're confused, then feel free to ask me anything. And I will guide you and help you through the whole process. In our next lesson, we're going to learn all about the animation ribbon and how these tools actually work. Without any further ado, let's move on to our next lesson. 22. Animations and basic key framing: Welcome back to our new lesson of Adobe after effects. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about the tools in the animation ribbon. And obviously, I've attached in a resource file, which I'll be using in this lesson for my animations. Without any further ado, let's just hop onto the lesson by opening up Adobe After Effects. And also opening up our resource file, which I'll be using for this lesson as I've opened up Adobe After Effects. Now what I'm going to be doing is going to be clicking on New project. Now just like I said in our previous lessons, we've used several footages for showing you how these layers actually work. But when we are trying to animate something, it's going to take up a lot of time and a lot of progress. And you can see that there are a couple of these tools which I'm going to be showing you, Okay. Now the first thing I'm going to do is click on File, Click on Open Project, click on this resource after effect resource file 545. And then there we go. We have it I'm going to do is open up this project. And there we go, we have it. And you can see this project must be converted from version 116, point Windows 64, and the original file will be unchanged. I'm going to press on, okay, there we go. We have our file from mix it. Now let's try playing it up and see how this works. I'm going to do is take it at the beginning text and change the way it looks like. So that is the whole thing. Okay, so as we already have our resource, our animations, our text, precompositions, and also solid layers. So all of them compose up into an animation or a whole video. Now we're going to show you all about the animation layer and how it basically works. First off click on animation. Now I'm going to do is click on any one of these animation. And now the first option or the first tool which we have over here is called safe animation precept. Now after you apply in any animation on any of the footages, what happens is that if we want to save up the whole thing as an animation, we can save up the whole animation. So you can apply it as a preset on another animation. Now as this is already pre made, so there is nothing to animate over here. Okay. But we have different types of elements, different type of footages, different type of texts, and solid layers composed altogether. So you can also make up your own animation if you want to. Now let's go off to Animation. And then we have this option called Apply Animation Preset. Click on it and you'll see that this type of interface opens up. This is basically the type of presets which you're going to download if you want to apply that animation preset, just like you save your own animation preset and you can apply or you want to apply one. Then you can go off download a couple of presets and apply directly on your footages. It will make up your preset or it will make up your animation just in an instance. It basically just helps you to save up a lot of time and a lot of work. So if you want to do it, you can try doing it. Okay. Then the next two, which we have is called the recent animation precept, as we do not have any animation presets or as we do not have any animation downloaded as a preset. So there is no animation preset or it is grayed out. Now if you want to browse out the piece presets which you want to use on your footages, click on Browse Presets, click on. Okay. And it will basically open up an interface or basically open up a software, but as I've not downloaded that, so it will not open up. Okay, so you have to download this feature of Adobe Bridge. If you use it that it will show you up the interface where you'll be able to download it. And another way of getting it is going to be going off to any of your browser. I'm going to do is open up one of my browser. What I'm going to do is going to be searching for animation preset a job, okay. Hit on Enter, and you can see Adobe.com after effect animation presets. You'll find it over here. Click on the first link. I'm going to maximize this window and must wait for a while until it appears up on my screen. And you can see this is the interface. Okay, effects and animation Presets overview. First off, you have to follow these couple of steps. Now if you don't want to use these steps, what you can already do is go off to different type of websites and then download it directly. For that, what you're going to do is going to be clicking on Adobe After Effects Text, Animation Presets Preview Gallery. So these are the type of websites which you can use to download your animation preset. Let's click on this after text animation presets preview gallery. But if you want the whole premium, you know. Features about all Adobe or Adobe after effects. Then what you're going to do is going to be, you know, you have to get, you know, bridge and also Adobe premium so that you will be able to use it, okay? So you'll be able to use any of the animations which you want to use. And you can also get it from different type of, you know, websites such as this motion array. You can see most recommended Adobe After Effects preset, then Adobe.com and then Adobe, you know, resources, whichever one you want. So I'm going to do is cut this one off and let's go off back to Adobe after effect. Now the next tool which you will find out over here is called at key frame. Now how do you apply a keyframe on a animation or a specific footage? Go off to animation and then you have this keyframe assistant. Okay, so you can apply in a keyframe two, but first off you have to go off to the video. So click on the video, click on animation. Now you will not be able to apply in a key frame if you are not using an element. If you want to apply in an element, first off, you're going to need a resource. Okay, I have attached in a resource which I'm going to be using as an AI file on this Adobe after effect. Let me open it up. What I'm going to do is double click on it. And then there we go, we have this file I'm going to do is click on, okay, there we go. We have our balloon PSD. We can also use a different one. So I'm going to do is take this first. At the top I'm going to do is click on control T. I'm going to do is control Z. So that I'm going to do is first off I'm going to do select on this, Make sure to select it up. Take it at the top there, have it select this tool. There we go. And then I'm going to do, is going to be snapping it, okay. I'm going to do snap it up directly over here. It can also scale it up if I want to. I'm reduce the scale. We have its I'm going to do scale it up a bit more. There we go. As you can see that we have this over here. Okay. I'm going to do is increase it just a bit that it just covers up the part. Okay. Now I've also had this on at the top so that we can see it. If it is at the bottom, we will not be able to see it. The first thing I'm going to do is going to be creating a key frame out of it. Now you can also use shapes if you want to. The first thing what you're going to do is going to be clicking on this over here, there we go. We have transform. Now over here on transform, what I'm going to do is going to be taking this at the beginning on the position. What I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this. I'm going to do, all I'm going to do is going to be selecting on this position I'm going to do, take it down. Okay, I'm going to do is first off, click on this over here. I'm going to do, make sure to click on over here. Okay, there we go. We have one of the key frame. Now where do I want it to appear up? I'm going to do is keep it over here, keep it here. I'm going to keep it somewhere around over here. And then what I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this option over here. I'm going to do it at the top. There we go. We have two key frames. Okay, Now when I played it up, you can see it is now getting up. We can also take it a bit to the side and take this part out play. Now you can see we have our key frames. This is basically how the key frames work in Adobe after effect. Now if I take this one over here and then I want to do is take this part out and pull it up, It will continue the same way how it was on default. Sometimes you can see that Adobe after Effect is also quite fun. Now I can apply in another key effect. What I'm going to do is take this at the top. You can see there is going to be another key frame which you'll see I'm going to do is take it at over here, okay? I'm going to do take it over here and take this one over here is going to be playing it. You can see this is how it will work, okay? Wherever you move it, it will go along with it. Someone is going to be selecting on it. And there we go, we have removed our key frame. Someone is going to be clicking on one of it. And there we go, we have our position and our key frame ready for our animation. And you can see a key frame has been done. Now there are a couple of these options, which is known as toggle hold keyframe. Now, if you want to toggle the key frame, you can also keep it toggled, okay? This is how it starts, Okay? This is how it appears up. So this is how it is. Okay. So you can also toggle it up. Now if I go off to animation there. We also have this option called Key frame interpolation. If you want to interpol this and hold it in a linear method, you can also interpol that animation if you want to Sam to do is go over here. And I'm going to do is going to be clicking on animation at position keyframe. There we go. We have two of the key frames. These are the positions. Okay, there we go. We have to drag this out over here and play this part. There we go. Now in the beginning we will see that, and that is how fast it has gone. I'm going to do is click on this again. You can see this is how it works. Okay? So these are the two methods of how you'll be able to apply in the key frame. Now I'm is going to be taking this at the beginning. I'm going to select on this, click on Animation. And then we have this keyframe velocity. If you want to fix the size, the pick cells, the influence of it, you'll be able to make changes on it too. Let's do influence is going to be 100% Speed is going to be seven or nine pick cells per second. Speed is going to be let's say five pick cells per second. Influence is going to be 24% continuous lock, outgoing or incoming. Press on. Okay. Play it up. You can see now this is how it's going to be. Okay, so that is going to be the speed and we've applied in the velocity for that specific key frame. Now I'm going to do is delete that part out and we're not going to be needing that anymore. Now let's go off to the next tool which we have is called Add Property to Essential Graphics. First off, I'm going to do sluk on this, click on this part, click on Transformation. I'm going to do is going to be putting in one of this position over here. There we go. We have one key frame ready. Okay, so I'm going to go off to animation. And then we have is add property to essential graphics. Now if you want to add the property to essential graphics, you can also apply it over here. Now you can see this property is keyframed. Keyframes on controls will be ignored in Premier Pro when the composition is explored as a motion graphic template. Some going to do is keep this over here and you'll be able to fix the text. You'll be able to fix the text. Over here, you can see the text five and also on the title. This is basically how you'll be able to fix the graphics on the specific key frame or the specific view which you got. So you'll be able to directly export it to motion graphics template. So that you'll be able to work in Adobe Illustrator or even Photoshop to this is basically how it works and if you want to make changes on it, you'll be selecting on this, click on this exposition y position. Fix out the other ones. And then after you're done, make sure to save it up and then you're good to go. And you can also add in formatting, add in groups, and also comments, all at the same time. So as I'm not going to be needing that, I'm just going to do is press on control Z, as I'm not going to be needing any one of those. So I'm going to do is just delete this. I'm going to do is close the panel because I'm not going to be needing that anymore. Okay. Now as we are basically done with the essential graphics and all about the key frames, even though we're going to be needing that, I'm going to make sure to apply in another key frame right over here. Okay, so you can see that even though wherever we start or wherever the line is, there's going to be the key frame over there. So you can also toggle it up and fix in the x and Y position up to you. Okay, now the next option is going to be animated text. Okay, now how do you animate the text? First off click over here. I'm going to use this. I'm going to put in another one of this. This is going to be the key frame. Okay, now I'm going to do, just click on this tool over here. Text. Click on this text over here. And then I'm going to do is put in my text. But before that I'm going to do right. Click on it. This is vertical. Let's try to use horizontal. Okay, Click on this. Let's say I'm going to do is put in long term, I'm going to do zoom in, select this text. I'm going to do is make sure to select or change the color of this text. I'm going to do is you can change it over here by using this. You can also select it over here. Go off to preview line audio, fix up whatever you basically want to, but this is going to give you the info I'm going to do is select on this over here, Fill click on it, change it to black, press on, okay, and you will have your black text. You can also change the text type or text font however you want. This is going to be it. Okay. Then I'm going to do is going to be increasing the text size. I'm going to do. Click on this over here. I'm going to do is instead of that I'm going to do is make sure to keep it bigger. There we go. We have our text over here long term. Now to customize it, I'm going to do is going to be clicking on animation. Then we have animate text. Now what type of animation do you want to apply on the specific text? There's going to be anchor point position scale. Well, those are basically adjustments, but there is enable per character treaty which you will be able to apply and it's going to take up a lot of CPU load and also GP workload. So make sure to keep your CPU and hard disk very clear while you're working with Adobe After Effect so that you get a very Smooth running OS over here. Okay, and also a good experience. Now first off, let's just fix in with enable per character tread. So all of the characters over here are now three. D R has turned into a treat. Now I'm going to go off to animation. Now I'm going to do is going to be fixing the opacity. Now on opacity I'm going to do is going to be fixing this up. I'm going to just reduce the opacity and keeping this 47 or 45. Now first off, I'm going to do fix on this 100% I'm going to just make it into an animation opacity. I'm going to just click on over here or over here. Then I'm going to do is make sure to reduce this obesity totally. Okay. When I play it up, you can see this has been removed. This is basically how you apply in key frames and also apply in effect. Now click on this text again. I'm going to do select this text again, go off to animation, Animate the text. And then I'm going to do, is going to be applying in fill color if I want to, but here I want a bit of stroke color. I'm going to click on RGB. And there we go. We have Stroke Color. I want the stroke to be somewhere around blue. Press on, Okay, there we go. We have our stroke. Now the stroke color is applied over here. We do apply it up. And then I also want to do something is click on this text over here, make sure to keep it smooth. Okay. Now you can see that in my previous lessons I've shown you how these tools basically work. But now as this is a text, it's going to be a lot more easier to differentiate. When I click on this, you can see the terms over here are not that good look and you can see the pixelations. But when you keep it like this, you can see these are very smooth. And when you keep it like this, you see even though these are quite visible but edges are pointy and does not look that good, Make sure to keep it on smooth so you will get a better preview. You can also keep it like edgy if you want to. I most of the time keep it on smooth so it just looks a lot more better. Now we have applied in this stroke color to. Let's go off the animation. Select this text. I'm going to select on this text again, long term. I'm going to go off to animation animate text. And the last one which I'm going to use is going to be clicking on stroke width. I'm going do is going to be increasing the stroke width. There we go. And then I'm going to do is clicking on animator. And there we go, we have applied it. There we go, we have M on all of it, okay? This is basically how it will work. You can see this is how smooth it's going to be, but the M is going to be there, okay? You can go off to Opacity again, I'm going to do is going to be selecting this. Clicking on Delete, I'm going to do is fix in the opacity 100% Make sure to appear it up, right over here, clean. There's what I want it to appear. First off, go off to, let's say I'm going to do is find out the position first. Click on transform. Click on position I'm going to do is going to be clicking on position over here. To do take it I do is take it a bit more to the right side on this part. First stuff I'm going to do is make sure it appears up. I'm going to select on this control Z. First I'm going to do is take this over here. Delete, I want it click on position I'm going to do, take it at the end. Then I want it to appear up right over here. Okay, I want it back again, the Rico center. Then I want it to disappear right over here. Okay? And I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this over here position. I'm going to do is select on this tool, and then I want to take it out just the way it appears like this. Okay, now I'm going to do is also going to go off to Transparency Opacity. I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this one over here. I'm going to select on this. I'm going to do is going to be clicking on a PCD. I'm going to do reduce this opacity over here. Go click on OpaCD. Then right when it is clear I'm going to do is fix in the opacity perfectly. There we go. I want it perfect over here. I'm going to go off the position, which you can see over here. And take it a bit over here. Press on, okay, I take it right over here. You see, now if I played up, you can see this is how good it actually looks. This is basically how you'll be able to customize it however you want to do. Take this up to now as we've applied it. Now. The next one which we're going to learn about is going to be removed, a text animation. You can also add text selector. Now you can also click on this select row. You can see the range is right over here. And it will apply up this range right around over here. Okay, so this is how it basically works. Now the next tool which we have is called remove all text animations or animators. If I click on this, you'll basically see all of the applied text has been removed. And we can also select the part which we want to remove. Okay, so you select this part and I'm not going to be needing that anymore. The Rico, you'll be able to remove all the text animation if you want to. Now the next one which you're going to see over here I'm going to do is go up right over here, Animation. And you have this at expression. First off, you're going to do is need a keyframe. Someone is going to be clicking on any one of these keyframes just the way you want. Click on Animation and you'll be able to add in an expression if you want to. Now, what do you feel about this keyframe? This basically works as a comment so that you can pass it on to someone and tell that person that what do you actually feel with it? Okay, and this is basically the transform position. This is how it works. Now I'm going to click on animation again. And then we have a separate dimension. We can also make separate dimensions on each and every one of them. Now the dimension means the x, y, and z position, or the axis x and Y, which is one of the main and Z axis is basically a totally different thing. You can see on the X axis, Y axis, and Z axis, it is working on this, okay? Instead of having one tool or one positioning, which is going to be just position, you can also click on animation. Again, click on Separate Dimension and you can see only works with position. This basically works with three D. But when you click on the separate dimensions, you have to fix up dimensions on three separate dimensions, on the x axis, y Xs, and on the z axis, all at the same time. I would suggest you to use position most of the time. But if you can see that it is a bit delicate, then if you want to make the adjustment very perfectly, then you can use three dimensions or separate dimensions at the same time and get a better result. So the next one or the next tool which I'm going to cover up is going to be track camera. Now when you click on any one of these key frames, or let's go over here, we can track up the camera if you want to. But as there is no treat footage which I'm using right now, it is graded out. Now there is this option called track and Boris affects Ka. I've already shown you how this Moka effect works and how you will be able to launch MochaE and work in a different type of software. Let me click on this again, Mocha starting. Now if you have an animation already prepared, then you'll be able to work with it very easily. But if you do not have the animation ready, then it will be very difficult for you to make that animation in Mocha or use MokaE which is also Adobe, or let's say after effect. This basically helps you to track up the data, apply in the, let's say the matt effect on each and every footage which you are using Adobe After effect. What you're going to do is just make sure to fiddle through a couple of tools and wait for it until it opens up. Even though if you cannot use Cha, you can see we have a plot in Mocha getting StarboaE. You can also get this tutorial which you'll be able to use, but I'm going to do is cross this part out. When you play it up, you can basically see the only part which you can see over here is the edit which I did. The edit which I did was just the text. I'm going to do. Stop this up. Do take it at the beginning. There we go. We have the text, right? So as we have the text, we can customize it from over here. Let's say I want to color it up. Let's say I want to know customize it. Let's say I want to grit it up in such a way so that it looks good. And I can also scale this, you know, part up and rotate skew and change the perspective just the way I want it to be. And you can also see that there are a couple of tools you can make a spline layer. Add in layers. Apply this movie and also view track and do basically all of the options which you'll find out over here. And work on the specific elements. Just like working on a specific software. Some going to do is cut this one off as I'm not going to be needing that. Some going to do, just click on, don't say. So that is basically done and how this mocha AE works, even though this is just an effect in Adobe after effect. But still it, you know, obviously increases your functionality in Adobe after effect. Okay, So I'm going to do is click on this key frame again, go off animation. And then after you will be able to track the camera. If you have raw footages, then you will be able to use these options too, such as track the motion and track the mask. Then we have a track the position. Now the source, you have to select the source and how it is moving. You can see the track point is right over here. You can track it up just the way you want to on specific layers and specific elements. Okay, so it's going to be up to you how you're going to work with it. So I'm going to press on control Z as I'm not going to be working on the specific layer. So let's just move on to the, you know, let's say the video which we have introduced, click on deletes. Click on balloon deletes. And there we go. Now I'm going to do is use the main video which I've already using. Okay? You can see it over here. I'm going to do is just press on control Z until I have my exact result or which one I've applied. There we go, we have it now. I have removed the text, which you can see. But you'll be able to change the text if you want to. Let's say you can see the text over here is clean. But if I click on this I'm going to do is take it at the beginning. Click on this text, click on this, and this will basically open up the text for me where I can edit in my text. Click on this text option, click on this text over here. And then I'm going to do is type in Let's Sea do type in Unclean or let Sema. Now if I do save it up and go back and go off to the video, which I already have, then you can see that when I play it up, it's now uncle instead of clean. Okay. This is basically how it works. It is very simple I'm going to do is go on and go off to long term. I'm going to go off to positioning and go off over here. Click on this key frame. I'm going to go off to animation. And then we have is this revealed properties with key frames. If you want to get the properties and reveal the properties where you got the resource from, it will open up the keyframe and give you the properties, okay. You can see how complex it has become. You can see the effect. You can see what dimension and wherever you're applying effect. And you can see what type of effects are being applied. When you select on any one of these, you know what you want to change. It only appears up, only the one which you're applying. But when you click on Reveal, it will appear up or it will show you all of the effects that are being applied. You can see that I applied effect on opacity and also on the position at the same time. So it's showing me both at the same time on my panel. Okay, so let's go off the animation now. Next tools are revealed properties with animation, you can also see the animation, what animations are applied. So you can see the text animator on animator two, we have applied in stroke color over here. And the last tool which we have is called reveal all modified properties. So all of the modified properties will appear right over here on this panel. Okay. So you can see this is over here. I'm going to do reduce this and keep it just the way it is there, Rico. So this is basically how it works on Adobe after effects on this animations ribbon. I hope you understood everything about this lesson. And if you have any question or any confusion, then feel free to ask me. And I will help you and guide you through the whole process. But make one thing Sure. Is that you have to practice it up again and again and also fiddle through the tools and make changes so that you know how it works. As you've already seen how you'll be able to add in keyframes. So now you also know how you'll be able to apply animations on Adobe after effect by using keyframes. So let's move on to our next lesson where we're going to learn about this View ribbon. And also window ribbon in Ad would be after effect. So without any further ado, let's just move on to our next lesson. 23. View and window ribbon: Welcome to our last lesson of Adobe After Effects. In this lesson, we're going to learn about the view and win the ribbon all at the same time. Now I'm going to cover up all of the tools and how it functions up Adobe After Effect without any further ado, let's just hop onto the lesson by opening up Adobe After Effects on our device. Now as I've opened up Adobe After Effects, you can see that on my screen, you can see that I have new project. In my previous lesson, I've covered up all of the tools over here on the animation ribbon. The first thing I'm going to do is going to be opening up a new project. I'm not going to save it because that is the previous file which I used for animation. So I'm going to click on, there we go, we have an open panel. Now the first thing I'm going to do is click on Windows extension, click on it, and then open up. First things first, let's just open up a new project. Let's, I'm going to go off the resources, I'm going to just click on all file formats. From here I'm going to use a previous file. I'm going to use this rain, okay. Click on Open, and you can see it has opened up. I'm going to take it down on the composition panel. And our composition panel has opened up. Sorry, I've taken it right on this timeline panel. Okay, so as we already have our video, and most of the things over here, which we're going to see on this view and window ribbon are not going to be related to that, but we're going to use this video as a resource. Okay, so the first thing which this view ribbon appears or the view ribbon has, and the tool is called a new viewer. When you click on New Viewer, you will be able to see the composition in two parts or the composition panel in two parts. Now you can make another video appear over on this composition panel. Now how do you do that? Samad is going to be clicking on this. Samad is use this hot air balloon. Click on Import, and you can see that this video has also appeared up. But I'm going to do, take this one over on this composition. Or you can take this part up over here. I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this. Instead of this I'm going to do is going to be opening it up in a new view. I'm going to click on this, click on View, and you'll be able to apply it on a new view. I'm going to do take this view, if it does not appear up, click on View again. I'm going to select on this part, you can see view new viewer And there we go, we have it. I'm going to do click on this, we're going to do unlock the panel. I'm going to just take it right over here so that we can drag it out wherever we want. Now if I want to do is I'm going to just click on this. I'm going to do is maybe change this video. I'm going to click on File Open Project. I'm going to just cancel, Apply another file, hot air balloon. And there we go, we have it. I'm going to do is turn this into a composition. As we have our composition ready, you can see we have two of it, right? One thing I'm going to do is going to be taking this over here and applying it over this rain. There we go, we have hot air balloon. Now I'm going to do is going to be changing the view option. Click on View option and then I'm going to do is going to be selecting Pixelaspic Ratio treaty transfer gizmo, removing motion pats, keep motion, path masks affect control person, Ok. You can see this is how it works, okay? And then you also have this primary viewer right over here. What I'm going to do is going to be making sure that there are different effects or different videos. If you want this hot air balloon to appear up, you have to click on it. Okay. And I'm going to do is going to be New Layer viewing. Click on New Layer View. And there we go. We have it too. Do play it up. There we go. We have this one and this one at the same time. Now we have three of the videos working at the same time. Now one thing I'm going to do is going to be clicking on this hot air balloon, and I'm going to do take it away. Okay, So this is basically how it works I'm going to do is take it at the beginning and you can also keep it at the front and you will basically see how it works. Okay? This just basically helps you to like work all at the same time, so I'm not going to be needing that. Let's just remove the composition. Remove the layer and keep the primary composition panel over here so that we can see it. I'm going to do also remove this part. This is basically how you'll be able to work with multiple footages all at the same time. I'm going to remove this part out because I'm not going to be needing that now. Click on view again, select on this footage which you have. Click on view. And then we have a zoom in and zoom out. You also have the shortcut key, which is going to be colon, or let's say. And also full stop. If I press on this full stop, it will zoom in and when you press on it will zoom out. This is going to be very simple for you. Go off the view again, and then we have is resolution. Now what type of resolution do you want? You want a half, You want the full, you want third or the one quarter? Okay, so as I want half or if I want full, just select on the one you want. There's also this shortcut key assigned to each and every one of them. So make sure to select the one. Let's say I want full. Click on Full. Now we have the full resolution. If I want half, I can click on half. Or if I want quarter, there we go. We have quarter resolution. You can see this has broken down a lot, but when I click on it, you got to resolution full. And I can see we got full resolution of the sourced file. So now you know how you'll be able to use the resolution on specific footages. Go off the view again and then we have is used display for color management. Select on this video, click on View. If it doesn't appear up, then we're going to do skip this part. Then the next tool which we have over here on view is called Show Rulers. Now if you want to use rulers to align up your footage, align up your elements, and make sure they are aligned or arranged perfectly. Click on Show Rulers, and there we go. We have rulers. And obviously you'll be able to put in margins and work with it. Okay. You can also take it up from over here. There we go. And you can also apply more. There we go. And there we go. We have a perfect grid, so I can also remove them. You just have to take it out of the grid. There we go, and take it out. This is basically how this ruler also works. Obviously, when you snap it up, it will snap up to the grid. Okay, now when you click on View again, and then I'm going to do, first off, I'm going to show Rulers. Remove it up, click on View, and then we have a show guides. Well, this is most of the time turned on. You can also keep it on. It basically helps me most of the time to have the guides. You can see this is basically the guides and also all about the info and the properties. And you'll also be able to find out colors and codes out of this. Okay, go off the view again. And then we have a snap to guides. You will be able to snap any element to guides if you want to, but if you don't want to make sure the unselected and you will basically be able to paste it wherever you want. Okay. Now the next tool which we have is called lock the guides. Now we have the guides locked in, but this is not snapped, okay? You have to make sure that it is snapped up perfectly and also locked to guides so that you will be able to arrange it or align it very easily. First off, hold onto this and make sure to hold on to shift and you basically see this will be aligned perfectly okay, go off to view again. And then the next one is called Clear guides. So if you want the guides, you can lock guides and you can also clear the guides if you want to. Okay. The next one is called import guides if you want to import any of the guides which you have on your device and you want to use it for this purpose or for your work or the footage which you're working on right now. You'll be able to apply or import the guides however you want just by clicking on the guide which you have on your device. Okay? And you can also export the guides. If you have guides which you're using right now, then you will be able to also export it up so that you can use it to import the guides on different footages so that you will be able to use it for multi purpose. Now you also have this show grid. Now you can see the grid over here, so you'll be able to align it perfectly by using grids and guides at the same time. Okay, Now we also have snap to grid. Now all of the elements or all of these will be snapping to grids or snapping to the guides. You can see how perfect it is. You can see this is just snapping to each guide and each panel, and the points. Let me just show it to you by zooming in. Now, when I take this one out, you can see this is snapping. This is snapping to guide. See how simple it is. Even if I let go, it will snap to guides perfectly. I can, I can keep this in the middle, but when you just move it just like this, it will just snap to guides. Okay. Like this. So I'm going to do is take it at the middle. And then where are good to go? I'm going to keep it over here. Click on View. I'm going to do is Show grid. Okay. I'm going to remove it so that I can get a clear view of the whole footage. Now let's go off to the next tool over here on view. Now after we're done with Show grid and also snap to grid, the next option is View option. When you click on View option, this type of interface appears up from this interface. You'll be able to control the layers, the handles, the effect controls, mask, mask, feather key, frame motion path, motion path tangents, three D transforms gizmos. And also camera wireframes and spotlight wireframes. Fix all of it up. Just make sure to fiddle through each and every one of them to see how these actually work. And after you're done, make sure to keep this on pixel aspect ratio correction so that you don't have to worry about the width and the height or sometimes it just, you know, just breaks up the resolution. Okay, make sure to click on it and press on. Okay. And the Go, we have our view option applied. I'm going to go up to view again. And then we have is show layer controls. So about the layer controls, you have it over here on your timeline panel and you also have the layer controls over here. So you'll be able to customize it just the way you want to. Make sure to fiddle through it and see how words show Layer control. There we go. It has been applied, go off to view again and then we have is reset default camera. If you are using raw footages, make sure to reset it up if you did some mistakes. And make sure to apply layers so that you don't have to customize or edit up on your default layer or the default footage. And we also have create camera from three D view. Now if you have a rough footage and you want to apply three D effect and you want to know create camera from three to view so that you can change your perspective then you will be able to use it. Then we have a switch view layout. Now you can also switch the view layout how you want. Now we have one view, two view, and four view. Always it's on one view. We can also use two view, just like I said, you can also apply or change it to four view at the same time that you just get multiple angles or multiple footages at the same time. Obviously, it's going to take up a lot of CPU usage and a lot of GP usage. At the same time there is your PC or your device might heat up if it's not high end. So I will suggest you to use only one view most of the time so that you get the best performance. Even though if it takes a bit of time, take your time and practice up all of the features, all of the edits, all of the processes. So go off the view again and the next tool which we have over here is called the switch three D view. Now this is basically the same but only on three views. Now, from which angle do you want to see it? From the front, left, top, back, right, bottom? Or you can also apply current view. Now you can also save it up, save up the custom views so that you'll be able to use it. Obviously, when you're using the default cameras, obviously it's not going to be on cornered views, obviously you have to make it, so you have to make the active camera, then you'll have to save it up on custom views and then you'll be able to use those specific views as a preset. Okay, now the next one which we have is called sign shortcut, active camera default. You can see that three of these keys on your keyboard are basically customizable. So the asigne shortcuts is F ten for replace fonts, you can also change it. F 11 is for replace custom view and F 12 is for replace camera or active camera default. So make sure you keep that in mind. And if you want to change them, you can also change them from the settings. Okay, Now the last option which we have is called go to time. And once you can see switch to the last three view, look at selected layers and look at layers. So we need multiple layers for this. But on this one switch to the last three view, it's going to be when you are changing your perspective of camera or the camera angle one by one. If you've applied in a new camera angle and you want to change it back to the last one, then just click on the switch to last camera or last three view, and it will switch back to the last camera angle where you looks from. Okay, And the last option is Go to Time. Click on Go to Time. And this is basically the time over here. Just press on, okay, and nothing will happen, but it will just apply you the view. And the last time which you applied it or made change on it. Okay, So hope you understood everything about this view ribbon. Now let's move on to this window ribbon. Now there are going to be a couple of things on this window ribbon. Now on the window ribbon, you will basically find out all of the workspace about all of the workspace in Adobe After Effects. Now I'm going to show you basically all of the work spaces there is in Adobe After Effects and how it affects up your work. Now on the first thing you can see Workspace. Right now, there are basically all panels up to unlocked panels, okay? And you can also edit up your workspace. I will also show it to you. Okay? Now, first thing, when you see when you open up Adobe after effect, first off, it appears up in two windows, right? One is the home panel and one is where you work or which is also called the workspace. And I've also described which one is which panel? The project panel, composition panel, properties panel. Then time line panel, and the tool panel. Okay, and there we go. We have the ribbons. So the first thing about this is I most of the time use all panels. Now when you work or when you want to work on Adobe after Effect, you obviously want all of the tools like on your hands, right? So if you want that for all purpose, then you go off to Windows, click on Workspace, click on All Panels. Now you will basically see the panel which I'm using. It will appear up, so these are the panels, or this is the workspace, which I use most of the time. Because I have everything close to my hand. I have the project. I can select which project I want to use, if I want to edit up the timeline, if I want to apply in any effects, if I want to make changes on any elements, anything I can apply directly from over here. If I want to see which composition I'm working on, I can see it from over here. If I want to make changes with any of the tools, I also have it over here. And if I want to see what changes are being made and what the sources are, I can see it directly on this properties panel and what are the properties of it. Okay, so the next workspace is called Animation. If you want to do only animation, then make sure to click on it. Now, one thing about this is that it gives you off a preview panel. Okay, this is extra, even though you can find it directly over on all panels. And you also have all of these over here, which is basically quite the same. But if you want to do animations only, then I would suggest you to use animations for your workspace. Now there are also difference, this is called color. Now you can see on the color, this is over here. And another panel over here, instead of the properties panel. So this is basically called the Lumetri scopes. Now all of the wavelength of each colors of light, you'll be able to see the wavelength. You can see all of the colors, how it is working. When I play it up, you can see that this is vibrating. Why is it vibrating? Because you can see that there are multiple white, you know, parts or, you know, different colors. Obviously, you can see the rain, right? And obviously, the rain or droplet has a different color and applying a different color on each and every one of these, right? So this is why it is vibrating. Now if I want to use a different project or if I want to use a different, you know, footage, let's say I'm going to use this, I'm going to do, just remove this part. I'm going to select this and I'm going to play it up. Play it up. And you can see this is vibrating a lot less even though this is shaking, but not that much. Because the colored part is on a specific area and there is no part which is quite moving. That much I'm going to do is reduce this part out. There we go. So you can see only the color is on the specific part, But as this is moving out, the white part is increasing underneath and also this is going underneath. Okay. So that is why it is shaking up but not as much on the one which we saw on the rain footage. Okay. So make sure to keep those things in mind and this is basically how it will work, okay? So this is it now on the next one which we have over on work space is going to be on default. Now, default is going to be kind of confusing for those who are new to it because they will not find the composition panel, But when the double click on it, the composition panel basically opens up. And this part is basically a bit smaller. So you can also open up a lot of things from over here, Align audio effects and also preview and also all about the properties. So you can also use it if you want to, but it just, you know, confuses a couple of people when they start off Adobe after effect and start off with this default workspace. So even if you're new to it, so I would still suggest you to use this all panels workspace because it just allows you to see all the tools and find all the tools all at once. Now the next workspace which you're going to see over here is called Effects are Essential Graphics. Now if you want to apply just effects, just make sure to click on it. It will be basically the same, but you will be able to open up whichever effect you want to apply. Okay, now go off the Windows, and it basically works the same way on each and every one. Let me show you one last one, and then let's go off to the next tools. Now if you want to do motion tracking, only you can see the motion tracking option opens up on the tracker. But one thing is that when you click on Windows, go off the workspace, click on all panels. You can basically see all of the tools are basically over here. If you want to use it for only a specific purpose, then you can select it from over here. But if you don't want to just click on All Panel and you will basically find all of the tools and all of the workspaces just by clicking on each and every one, you can see if you want to do characters or text, we've got characters over here. If you want to do paint, there we go. We have Pat, if you want to do motion sketch, there we go. We have motion sketch. If you want to do motion art or whatever you want to do with it, just click on the ones which you want and then you're good to go. So we are done with our workspace. Now we have a signed shortcut to all paneled workspace. Now which one do you want? Select the one which you want. And then you have shift and F ten and replace. Review is shift in F 11 and shift in F 12 for replaced. Learn. Okay. Now it's, this tool is called Find extension on Exchange. Now this is also a software, or let's say this is also going to be a webpage, but we need bridge. If we click on this, it will open up this browser for us. Where it's going to take us to Adobe.com where you'll be able to download in exchange for templates. Okay, So you can get a couple of products, but one thing you have to make one thing sure, is that you have the Adobe subscription turned on. And if you are not using it, then you will not be able to. So you can see, are you using a new Windows Arm based device I'm going to use, Okay? You can see no results found. So basically there are no results found right now. But if you are, you subscribe, you will be able to find out a couple of tools or extension which you'll be able to apply in Adobe After Effects, so that you can increase the functionality of Adobe After Effects. Then we have Is extensions. If you want to apply those extensions directly, those will appear right over here and you'll be able to work with it. Then we have a line. Okay, if you want to align up, open up this Align option. All of these will basically appear over here, okay? You can see up till here, you can see all of the tools. Now if the ones you see are not over here, make sure to select on it or mark it up. Let's say I do not have effects and presets. You can see effects and presets are right over here when you click on Windows. And you can see effects and presets are right over here. But one thing is that we cannot see luminosity and all of those. So I'm going to do is click on Windows. And let's say I'm going to use lumetry scopes. So you can see that limetry scopes is basically another panel or a whole new panel which appears up when you play it up or when you opened up. And you can obviously close up the panel if you want to. So obviously, you can see that there are a couple of panels which do not appear up until you open it up with the workspace or the window panel or the window ribbon. Now let's go off the wiggler. When you click on wiggler, it appears over here. Then mask interpolation. So make sure to fiddle through each and every one of those and then you will be able to open it up. Okay, Now the next one is called Composition Rain, so all of the composition basically appears over here. It also gives you a type of property of how it is working. Now you can see on effect control, hot air balloon is being processed. On the flow chart, there is none. On the footage, there is none. But on the layer we have rain, right? Or on the layer we have hot air balloon. So if you make changes on it, Le Sama juice apply in rain. I'm going to go off the window and you can see that in timeline we have rain, right? And in Project, which is already open, which is the project panel, so I'm going to click on Windows. So one thing is that if you accidentally remove any one of them and you want it back, right, so click on Windows, Click on the one which you removed, Sama Juice. Click on Project. There we go. We have our project panel appeared up. Now the next one is called the Render cue, So you can see render cues most of the time on. Okay. Because obviously after you're done working, you want to render up that file so that you get the best output. So you can export it up. So you can also remove it if you want to. But if you accidentally remove it, just click go off the Windows, click on Render Queue, and it will be opened up just in an instance. Now one thing or one advantage is that a couple of these panels or workspaces are going to work on the same workspace which you're using. Which is all panels, but inside of specific panels. Okay, As you can see, even though this is the timeline panel, we also have the render cue panel right over here. We just have to change it up. You just have to toggle or switch up, you know, then go off to Windows again. Now, the last one is called Create Knulls from Path. So when you click on Create Knulls, this type of interface opens up. We can point follow nulls. You can see there is no path. You can see knulls follow points. You will be able to do that and also trace the path if you want to. But as I do not have any path, neither point, neither traces, so it's not going to work up. Okay, got the Windows and the last one is called Vier comp editor. This is also kind of like the same effect, but you can see we have add two D edit and also add three D edit. So when you click on to edit, obviously it will appear up another type of interface from where you'll be able to select which composition you want to do with 360 footage. So first thing we're going to do is select up the file. Click on this, I'm going to do is use rain. Now comp width is going to be 1920 and attain ADP aspect ratio 169. Now if you have an older monitor which only supports 4.3 you can also select on 4.3 Now on the camera settings, use whichever camera control you want. Use two D node or maybe use three D null camera control or which one you want center camera and after you're done, just click on Add to the edit. And after that you will basically see that it will be applied. This is the two D effect which you can see over here. Okay, You can see that this has totally changed and when you go off the V R comp editor, just click on at three edit if you want to. And this is the two D edit, you can reorient, go off the properties and also change it up. But what if I want to add in a threat edit? So I'm going to press on control Z first I'm going to do, just click on this properties. Delete. Delete. Okay. Now I want to add in a three D edit. Click on at three edit and same type of interface opens up. Select the composition or select the footage which you want to work on with Fix in the comp, with fix in the aspect ratio and on the camera settings, measure the use three D null camera control center the camera and over in advanced settings there are three of these options which is I'm using three D plug ins. If you have three D plug ins, select this up as I'm not using one, remove it, use edge blending. This will make the video a lot more smoother and look a lot more smoother. And the last one is called source footage has Alpha. So if your footage has Alpha, are you applied in Alpha HSL? Then make sure to select on it as it did not. Some do is press on at three D edit. And if you want to apply on a bit of alpha, then you'll be able to do that too. First off, what you're going to do is click on this. I'm going to do is click on the video in click on this effect and then you have to apply in HSL. First off, go off the rain or go off this over here. Off the effect. If it doesn't appear up, make sure to play it up first. Let's see how it works. You can see this is the three D effect which is being applied. First things first I'm going to do is remove the parts. I'm going to do is keep the viewer conversion control Z. Let me do go off the layers or go off the effect and then find out simulation maybe. Or let's go off to four D, okay? And you also have three D channel. Now if you still cannot find it, make sure to use the noise, okay? Noise and grains go off the effects noise and grains. And then you'll find out Noise alpha. Click on noise alpha and you'll basically be able to make changes on it. Fix on the amount all Sima, remove it a bit. Fix and warp is going to be removing or changing it up. Clamp to scale the rec edges amount to be a bit higher uniform squared animation. And then now as we have alpha I'm going to do is click on this, go off the Windows. Then at the end I'm going to click on Veered Comp Editor. Just click on Properties Delete. I'm going to do add three D edit. Source has Alpha, use edge blending center camera threat, and add the three D effect. That is done. You can see the VR edit right over here. It will take a bit of time to apply the effect and if it still does not show up the footage, it will take a bit of a time. And after you're done, just make sure to play it up and then you're good to go. Hope you understood everything about this lesson on how you'll be able to apply in effects and also how you'll be able to apply in V R output on your specific file. And you can see all the composition and all the effects has appeared over here. And you can also remove it just the way you want to. And you can see also there is the true, the effect applied on it so that it just looks a bit more stretched. Okay, so if you have any questions about any part of this lesson, then feel free to ask me anything about any part or any question. And I will guide you through the whole process and hope you learned everything in this course from the beginning to the end. And thank you for staying with us up till now. Hope to see you in my class projects, which I'm also going to be showing you a couple of methods of how you'll be able to cope up or fix up a couple of steps and also a problem. Or maybe how you can do those parts as a project without any further ado. Let's just move on to our class projects and hope to see you in my class project one.